Fix the LUFA lib to use a submodule instead of just files (#6245)

* Remove LUFA files

* Update descriptions for newer version of LUFA

* Create PR6245.md

* Fix CDC(Serial) type errors

* Fix missed merge conflict for AUDIO_DTYPE_CSInterface

38 files changed, 0 insertions, 8264 deletions

diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a734d960ba..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Main source file for the AVRISP project. This file contains the main tasks of
- *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
- */
-
-#include "AVRISP-MKII.h"
-
-#if (BOARD != BOARD_NONE)
-  /* Some board hardware definitions (e.g. the Arduino Micro) have their LEDs defined on the same pins
-     as the ISP, PDI or TPI interfaces (see the accompanying project documentation). If a board other
-     than NONE is selected (to enable the LED driver with the programmer) you should double-check that
-     no conflicts will occur. If there is a conflict, turn off the LEDs (set BOARD to NONE in the makefile)
-     or define a custom board driver (see the LUFA manual) with alternative LED mappings.
-  */
-  #warning Board specific drivers have been selected; make sure the board LED driver does not conflict with the programmer ISP/PDI/TPI interfaces.
-#endif
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
- *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
-	SetupHardware();
-	V2Protocol_Init();
-
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
-	GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
-	for (;;)
-	{
-		#if (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
-		/* On the USBTINY-MKII target, there is a secondary LED which indicates the current selected power
-		   mode - either VBUS, or sourced from the VTARGET pin of the programming connectors */
-		LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER, (PIND & (1 << 0)) ? 0 : LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER);
-		#endif
-
-		AVRISP_Task();
-		USB_USBTask();
-	}
-}
-
-/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
-void SetupHardware(void)
-{
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
-	wdt_disable();
-
-	/* Disable clock division */
-	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-#endif
-
-	/* Hardware Initialization */
-	LEDs_Init();
-	#if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT)
-	UpdateCurrentCompatibilityMode();
-	#endif
-
-	/* USB Stack Initialization */
-	USB_Init();
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
-{
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
-{
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
-{
-	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
-
-	/* Setup AVRISP Data OUT endpoint */
-	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1);
-
-	/* Setup AVRISP Data IN endpoint if it is using a physically different endpoint */
-	if ((AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) != (AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))
-	  ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1);
-
-	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
-}
-
-/** Processes incoming V2 Protocol commands from the host, returning a response when required. */
-void AVRISP_Task(void)
-{
-	/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
-	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
-	  return;
-
-	V2Params_UpdateParamValues();
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR);
-
-	/* Check to see if a V2 Protocol command has been received */
-	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
-	{
-		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
-
-		/* Pass off processing of the V2 Protocol command to the V2 Protocol handler */
-		V2Protocol_ProcessCommand();
-
-		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
-	}
-}
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
- *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- *  USB host.
- *
- *  \param[in]  wValue                 Descriptor type and index to retrieve
- *  \param[in]  wIndex                 Sub-index to retrieve (such as a localized string language)
- *  \param[out] DescriptorAddress      Address of the retrieved descriptor
- *
- *  \return Length of the retrieved descriptor in bytes, or NO_DESCRIPTOR if the descriptor was not found
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
-                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
-	return AVRISP_GetDescriptor(wValue, wIndex, DescriptorAddress);
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ae2d041484..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for AVRISP.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _AVRISP_H_
-#define _AVRISP_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/wdt.h>
-		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
-		#include <avr/power.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
-
-		#if defined(ADC)
-			#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
-		#endif
-
-		#include "AVRISPDescriptors.h"
-		#include "Lib/V2Protocol.h"
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
-		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
-
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
-		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
-		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY         LEDS_LED2
-
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
-		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR         LEDS_LED1
-
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
-		#define LEDMASK_BUSY             (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the target is being powered by VBUS. */
-		#define LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER         LEDS_LED3
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		void SetupHardware(void);
-		void AVRISP_Task(void);
-
-		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
-		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
-		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
-
-		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
-		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 76d612ec05..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,346 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage AVRISP MKII Programmer Project
- *
- *  \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility
- *
- *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
- *
- *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
- *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
- *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
- *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) - <i>8KB versions with reduced features only</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_Info USB Information
- *
- *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
- *
- * <table>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- *   <td>Device</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- *   <td>Vendor Specific Class</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- *   <td>N/A</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- *   <td>Atmel AVRISP MKII Protocol Specification</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
- *   <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
- *  </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- *  \section Sec_Description Project Description
- *
- *  Firmware for an Atmel Studio compatible AVRISP-MKII clone programmer. This project will enable the USB
- *  AVR series of microcontrollers to act as a clone of the official Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer, usable within
- *  Atmel Studio or with any software capable of driving a real Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer. In its most
- *  basic form, it allows for the programming of AVR TINY, MEGA and XMEGA devices at the programmer's VCC voltage from
- *  within Atmel Studio with no special hardware other than the USB AVR and the parts needed for the USB
- *  interface. If the user desires, more advanced circuits incorporating level conversion can be made to allow for the
- *  programming of target AVRs running at a different voltage to the programmer.
- *
- *  This device spoofs Atmel's official AVRISP-MKII device PID so that it remains compatible with Atmel's AVRISP-MKII
- *  drivers. It is currently tested working under the following configurations:
- *
- *    - <b>Windows:</b> Atmel Studio 7, with alternative driver
- *    - <b>Windows:</b> AVRDUDE 6.2, with alternative driver
- *    - <b>Linux:</b> AVRDUDE 6.1
- *
- *  <b>Note that this clone requires a libUSB based driver under Windows,</b> due to an incompatible change in the official
- *  Jungo based driver. The alternative driver given here will function with both real and clone AVRISP devices in Atmel
- *  Studio 7 onwards under Windows - and as a bonus, also provides AVRDude access to the programmer.
- *
- *  As of Atmel Studio version 7.0.1417 the legacy Jungo driver has been deprecated in favor of an official libUSB based
- *  driver, making the driver packaged here superfluous. Use the driver packaged here only if you are still using an earlier
- *  Atmel Studio 7 build, otherwise the official Atmel libUSB driver should be used.
- *
- *  Note that this design currently has the following limitations:
- *    - No reversed/shorted target connector detection and notification
- *    - A separate header is required for each of the ISP, PDI and TPI programming protocols that the user wishes to use
- *
- *  On AVR models with an ADC converter, the USB AVR's AVCC pin should be tied to 5V (e.g. VBUS) and the
- *  \c VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL token should be set to an appropriate ADC channel number in the project makefile for VTARGET
- *  detection to operate correctly. On models without an ADC converter, VTARGET will report a fixed 3.3V level at all times
- *  which should allow the programmer to remain compatible at the protocol level with all AVR devices.
- *
- *  While this application can be compiled for USB AVRs with as little as 8KB of FLASH, for full functionality 16KB or more
- *  of FLASH is required. On 8KB devices, ISP or PDI/TPI protocol programming support can be disabled to reduce program size.
- *
- *  \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
- *
- *  \par XMEGA EEPROM programming fails in some cases.
- *  Several users have reported that XMEGA EEPROM programming fails unless the chip is erased first. If a non-blank EEPROM
- *  is present, writing further EEPROM data causes corruption.
- *  <a href="https://github.com/abcminiuser/lufa/issues/25">LUFA issue tracker entry</a>.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Installation Installation
- *  The programmer supports multiple platforms, both Windows and Linux.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_LinuxInstallation Linux Installation
- *  On Linux systems, the programmer should be usable out of the box with no special setup other than (on some systems)
- *  editing of the system permissions to allow the programmer to be used from a non-elevated (root) context. The programmer
- *  is compatible with the free open source AVRDude programming software project.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_WindowsInstallation Windows Installation
- *  On Windows systems, due to an unfortunate limitation of the USB AVR devices and the Atmel Studio platform, the programmer
- *  requires an alternative libUSB based driver. Uninstall the existing Jungo driver for the device (if installed) and replace
- *  it with the driver that ships with this project, to enable access to the programmer in Atmel Studio and AVRDUDE.
- *
- *  \section Sec_ISP ISP Connections
- *  Connections to the device for SPI programming (when enabled):
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th>
- *    <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th>
- *    <th><b>ISP 6 Pin Layout:</b></th>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>MISO</td>
- *    <td>PDO</td>
- *    <td>1</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
- *    <td>VTARGET</td>
- *    <td>2</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>SCLK</td>
- *    <td>SCLK</td>
- *    <td>3</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>MOSI</td>
- *    <td>PDI</td>
- *    <td>4</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
- *    <td>/RESET</td>
- *    <td>5</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>GND</td>
- *    <td>GND</td>
- *    <td>6</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  In addition, the AVR's OCR1A pin will generate a 4MHz clock, to act as an external rescue device clock if the
- *  fuses have been mis-set. To use the recovery clock, connect the OCR1A pin of the USB AVR to the target AVR's
- *  XTAL1 pin, and set the ISP programming speed to 125KHz (note: other ISP speeds will not work correctly).
- *
- *  <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
- *  <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref Sec_Options section</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_PDI PDI Connections
- *  Connections to the device for PDI programming (when enabled):
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th>
- *    <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th>
- *    <th><b>PDI 6 Pin Layout:</b></th>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
- *    <td>DATA</td>
- *    <td>1</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
- *    <td>VTARGET</td>
- *    <td>2</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>N/A</td>
- *    <td>N/A</td>
- *    <td>3</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>N/A</td>
- *    <td>N/A</td>
- *    <td>4</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>XCK</td>
- *    <td>CLOCK</td>
- *    <td>5</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>GND</td>
- *    <td>GND</td>
- *    <td>6</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
- *  <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n
- *
- *  \section Sec_TPI TPI Connections
- *  Connections to the device for TPI programming (when enabled):
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th>
- *    <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th>
- *    <th><b>TPI 6 Pin Layout:</b></th>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
- *    <td>DATA</td>
- *    <td>1</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
- *    <td>VTARGET</td>
- *    <td>2</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>XCK <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
- *    <td>CLOCK</td>
- *    <td>3</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>N/A</td>
- *    <td>N/A</td>
- *    <td>4</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>3</sup></b></td>
- *    <td>/RESET</td>
- *    <td>5</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>GND</td>
- *    <td>GND</td>
- *    <td>6</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
- *  <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n
- *  <b><sup>3</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref Sec_Options section</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
- *
- *  The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
- *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
- *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>AUX_LINE_PORT</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>PORT register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
- *        but is generally used for the target's /RESET line.
- *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>AUX_LINE_PIN</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>PIN register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
- *        but is generally used for the target's /RESET line.
- *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>AUX_LINE_DDR</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>DDR register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
- *        but is generally used for the target's /RESET line.
- *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>AUX_LINE_MASK</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>Mask for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
- *        but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <b>Must not be the AVR's /SS pin</b>.
- *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>ADC channel number (on supported AVRs) to use for VTARGET level detection, if NO_VTARGET_DETECT is not defined.
- *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC.</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>Define to enable SPI programming protocol support.
- *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>Define to enable PDI and TPI programming protocol support.
- *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>NO_VTARGET_DETECT</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>Define to disable VTARGET sampling and reporting on AVR models with an ADC converter. This will cause the programmer
- *        to report a fixed 3.3V target voltage to the host regardless of the real target voltage.
- *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC.</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>VTARGET_REF_VOLTS</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>Indicates the programmer AVR's AVCC reference voltage when measuring the target's supply voltage. Note that the supply
- *        voltage should never exceed the reference voltage on the programmer AVR without some form of protection to prevent damage
- *        to the ADC.
- *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>Selects the internal 2.56V ADC reference voltage, instead of using the AVR's VREF pin. When enabled, this option will
- *        override the VTARGET_REF_VOLTS configuration option.
- *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>Indicates the target's supply voltage scale factor when applied to the ADC. A simple resistive divider can be used on the
- *        ADC pin for measuring the target's supply voltage, so that voltages above the programmer AVR's AVCC reference voltage can be
- *        measured. This should be the reciprocal of the division performed - e.g. if the VTARGET voltage is halved, this should be set
- *        to 2.
- *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>Define to move the ISP rescue clock to the AVR's XCK pin instead of the OCR1A output pin. This is useful for existing programming
- *        hardware that does not expose the OCR1A pin of the AVR, but <i>may</i> cause some issues with PDI programming mode.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>INVERTED_ISP_MISO</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>Define to invert the received data on the ISP MISO line. This is sometimes needed depending on the level translation hardware used,
- *        if the translator hardware inverts the received logic level.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>Define to set the minor firmware revision nunber reported to the host on request. By default this will use a firmware version compatible
- *        with the latest Atmel IDE version, however if desired the reported minor value can be adjusted here.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- */
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f4210fbbbf..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- *  the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "AVRISPDescriptors.h"
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
- *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
- *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
- *  process begins.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM AVRISP_DeviceDescriptor =
-{
-	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
-	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
-	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass,
-	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
-	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
-
-	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
-
-	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
-	.ProductID              = 0x2104,
-	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
-
-	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
-	.ProductStrIndex        = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product,
-	.SerialNumStrIndex      = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial,
-
-	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
- *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-const AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
-	.Config =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
-			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
-			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
-
-			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
-			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
-			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
-
-			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
-		},
-
-	.AVRISP_Interface =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
-			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_AVRISP,
-			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
-
-			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
-
-			.Class                  = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass,
-			.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
-			.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
-
-			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
-		},
-
-	.AVRISP_DataInEndpoint =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
-			.EndpointAddress        = AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR,
-			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
-			.EndpointSize           = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
-			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x0A
-		},
-
-	.AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
-			.EndpointAddress        = AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR,
-			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
-			.EndpointSize           = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
-			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x0A
-		},
-};
-
-/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
- *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
- *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
-
-/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
- *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- *  Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"ATMEL");
-
-/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
- *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- *  Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"AVRISP mkII");
-
-/** Serial number string. This is a Unicode string containing the device's unique serial number, expressed as a
- *  series of uppercase hexadecimal digits.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_SerialString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"000200012345\0"
-    // Note: Real AVRISP-MKII has the embedded NUL byte, bug in firmware?
-);
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
- *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- *  USB host.
- */
-uint16_t AVRISP_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-                              const uint16_t wIndex,
-                              const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
-	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
-	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
-
-	const void* Address = NULL;
-	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
-	switch (DescriptorType)
-	{
-		case DTYPE_Device:
-			Address = &AVRISP_DeviceDescriptor;
-			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
-			break;
-		case DTYPE_Configuration:
-			Address = &AVRISP_ConfigurationDescriptor;
-			Size    = sizeof(AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
-			break;
-		case DTYPE_String:
-			switch (DescriptorNumber)
-			{
-				case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Language:
-					Address = &AVRISP_LanguageString;
-					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_LanguageString.Header.Size);
-					break;
-				case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
-					Address = &AVRISP_ManufacturerString;
-					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
-					break;
-				case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product:
-					Address = &AVRISP_ProductString;
-					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_ProductString.Header.Size);
-					break;
-				case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial:
-					Address = &AVRISP_SerialString;
-					Size    = AVRISP_SerialString.Header.Size;
-					break;
-			}
-
-			break;
-	}
-
-	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
-	return Size;
-}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 56dcf25a9b..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
-
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Endpoint address of the AVRISP data OUT endpoint. */
-		#define AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR         (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
-
-		/** Endpoint address of the AVRISP data IN endpoint. */
-		#define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR          (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 2)
-
-		/** Size in bytes of the AVRISP data endpoint. */
-		#define AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE             64
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
-		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
-		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config;
-
-			// Atmel AVRISP-MKII Interface
-			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               AVRISP_Interface;
-			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                AVRISP_DataInEndpoint;
-			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint;
-		} AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
-		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
-		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
-		 *  interface from other descriptors.
-		 */
-		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
-		{
-			INTERFACE_ID_AVRISP = 0, /**< AVRISP interface descriptor ID */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
-		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
-		 *  other descriptors.
-		 */
-		enum AVRISP_StringDescriptors_t
-		{
-			AVRISP_STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
-			AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
-			AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
-			AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial       = 3, /**< Serial number string ID */
-		};
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		uint16_t AVRISP_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-		                              const uint16_t wIndex,
-		                              const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-		                              ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a2d15abdc9..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
- *
- *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
- *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
- *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
- *  makefile or build system.
- *
- *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
- *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
- */
-
-#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
-#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
-
-	#define AUX_LINE_PORT              PORTB
-	#define AUX_LINE_PIN               PINB
-	#define AUX_LINE_DDR               DDRB
-	#if (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
-		#define AUX_LINE_MASK          (1 << 0)
-	#else
-		#define AUX_LINE_MASK          (1 << 4)
-	#endif
-
-	#define ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-	#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
-
-	#define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL        2
-	#define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS          5
-	#define VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR       1
-//	#define VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF
-	#define NO_VTARGET_DETECT
-//	#define XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE
-//	#define INVERTED_ISP_MISO
-
-//	#define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR     0x11
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ed160230ca..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
- *
- *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
- *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
- *  a makefile.
- *
- *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
- *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
- */
-
-#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-
-	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
-		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
-		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
-		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
-		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
-		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
-//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
-		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
-		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
-		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
-		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
-		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      16
-		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
-		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
-//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
-		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
-		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
-	#else
-
-		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
-
-	#endif
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6553504d5e..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,531 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  ISP Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped ISP commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
- */
-
-#include "ISPProtocol.h"
-
-#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP command, which attempts to enter programming mode on
- *  the attached device, returning success or failure back to the host.
- */
-void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void)
-{
-	struct
-	{
-		uint8_t TimeoutMS;
-		uint8_t PinStabDelayMS;
-		uint8_t ExecutionDelayMS;
-		uint8_t SynchLoops;
-		uint8_t ByteDelay;
-		uint8_t PollValue;
-		uint8_t PollIndex;
-		uint8_t EnterProgBytes[4];
-	} Enter_ISP_Params;
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Enter_ISP_Params, sizeof(Enter_ISP_Params), NULL);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_FAILED;
-
-	CurrentAddress = 0;
-
-	/* Perform execution delay, initialize SPI bus */
-	ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ExecutionDelayMS);
-	ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP();
-
-	ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(true);
-	ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS);
-
-	/* Continuously attempt to synchronize with the target until either the number of attempts specified
-	 * by the host has exceeded, or the the device sends back the expected response values */
-	while (Enter_ISP_Params.SynchLoops-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
-	{
-		uint8_t ResponseBytes[4];
-
-		for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++)
-		{
-			ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ByteDelay);
-			ResponseBytes[RByte] = ISPTarget_TransferByte(Enter_ISP_Params.EnterProgBytes[RByte]);
-		}
-
-		/* Check if polling disabled, or if the polled value matches the expected value */
-		if (!(Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex) || (ResponseBytes[Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex - 1] == Enter_ISP_Params.PollValue))
-		{
-			ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
-			break;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false);
-			ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS);
-			ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(true);
-			ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS);
-		}
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseStatus);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_LEAVE_ISP command, which releases the target from programming mode. */
-void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void)
-{
-	struct
-	{
-		uint8_t PreDelayMS;
-		uint8_t PostDelayMS;
-	} Leave_ISP_Params;
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Leave_ISP_Params, sizeof(Leave_ISP_Params), NULL);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	/* Perform pre-exit delay, release the target /RESET, disable the SPI bus and perform the post-exit delay */
-	ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PreDelayMS);
-	ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false);
-	ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP();
-	ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PostDelayMS);
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP and CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP commands, writing out bytes,
- *  words or pages of data to the attached device.
- *
- *  \param[in] V2Command  Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
- */
-void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(uint8_t V2Command)
-{
-	struct
-	{
-		uint16_t BytesToWrite;
-		uint8_t  ProgrammingMode;
-		uint8_t  DelayMS;
-		uint8_t  ProgrammingCommands[3];
-		uint8_t  PollValue1;
-		uint8_t  PollValue2;
-		uint8_t  ProgData[256]; // Note, the Jungo driver has a very short ACK timeout period, need to buffer the
-	} Write_Memory_Params;      // whole page and ACK the packet as fast as possible to prevent it from aborting
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params, (sizeof(Write_Memory_Params) -
-	                                               sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)), NULL);
-	Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite = SwapEndian_16(Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite);
-
-	if (Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite > sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData))
-	{
-		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-		Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-		Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
-		Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
-		Endpoint_ClearIN();
-		return;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params.ProgData, Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite, NULL);
-
-	// The driver will terminate transfers that are a round multiple of the endpoint bank in size with a ZLP, need
-	// to catch this and discard it before continuing on with packet processing to prevent communication issues
-	if (((sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(Write_Memory_Params) - sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)) +
-	    Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite) % AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE == 0)
-	{
-		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	uint8_t  ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
-	uint8_t  PollValue         = (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) ? Write_Memory_Params.PollValue1 :
-	                                                                    Write_Memory_Params.PollValue2;
-	uint16_t PollAddress       = 0;
-	uint8_t* NextWriteByte     = Write_Memory_Params.ProgData;
-	uint16_t PageStartAddress  = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF);
-
-	for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite; CurrentByte++)
-	{
-		uint8_t ByteToWrite     = *(NextWriteByte++);
-		uint8_t ProgrammingMode = Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode;
-
-		/* Check to see if we need to send a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target */
-		if (MustLoadExtendedAddress)
-		{
-			ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress();
-			MustLoadExtendedAddress = false;
-		}
-
-		ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0]);
-		ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8);
-		ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF);
-		ISPTarget_SendByte(ByteToWrite);
-
-		/* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the write command based on if we are writing a high
-		 * or low byte at the current word address */
-		if (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP)
-		  Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0] ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
-
-		/* Check to see if we have a valid polling address */
-		if (!(PollAddress) && (ByteToWrite != PollValue))
-		{
-			if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) && (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP))
-			  Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] |=  READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
-			else
-			  Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] &= ~READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
-
-			PollAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF);
-		}
-
-		/* If in word programming mode, commit the byte to the target's memory */
-		if (!(ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK))
-		{
-			/* If the current polling address is invalid, switch to timed delay write completion mode */
-			if (!(PollAddress) && !(ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK))
-			  ProgrammingMode = (ProgrammingMode & ~PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK) | PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK;
-
-			ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue,
-			                                                  Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS,
-			                                                  Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]);
-
-			/* Abort the programming loop early if the byte/word programming failed */
-			if (ProgrammingStatus != STATUS_CMD_OK)
-			  break;
-
-			/* Must reset the polling address afterwards, so it is not erroneously used for the next byte */
-			PollAddress = 0;
-		}
-
-		/* EEPROM just increments the address each byte, flash needs to increment on each word and
-		 * also check to ensure that a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command is issued each time the extended
-		 * address boundary has been crossed during FLASH memory programming */
-		if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) || (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP))
-		{
-			CurrentAddress++;
-
-			if ((V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF))
-			  MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* If the current page must be committed, send the PROGRAM PAGE command to the target */
-	if (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK)
-	{
-		ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[1]);
-		ISPTarget_SendByte(PageStartAddress >> 8);
-		ISPTarget_SendByte(PageStartAddress & 0xFF);
-		ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
-
-		/* Check if polling is enabled and possible, if not switch to timed delay mode */
-		if ((Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK) && !(PollAddress))
-		{
-			Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode = (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & ~PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK) |
-												   PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK;
-		}
-
-		ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue,
-		                                                  Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS,
-		                                                  Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]);
-
-		/* Check to see if the FLASH address has crossed the extended address boundary */
-		if ((V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF))
-		  MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(ProgrammingStatus);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP and CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP commands, reading in bytes,
- *  words or pages of data from the attached device.
- *
- *  \param[in] V2Command  Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
- */
-void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(uint8_t V2Command)
-{
-	struct
-	{
-		uint16_t BytesToRead;
-		uint8_t  ReadMemoryCommand;
-	} Read_Memory_Params;
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_Memory_Params, sizeof(Read_Memory_Params), NULL);
-	Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead = SwapEndian_16(Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-
-	/* Read each byte from the device and write them to the packet for the host */
-	for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead; CurrentByte++)
-	{
-		/* Check to see if we need to send a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target */
-		if (MustLoadExtendedAddress)
-		{
-			ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress();
-			MustLoadExtendedAddress = false;
-		}
-
-		/* Read the next byte from the desired memory space in the device */
-		ISPTarget_SendByte(Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand);
-		ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8);
-		ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF);
-		Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_ReceiveByte());
-
-		/* Check if the endpoint bank is currently full, if so send the packet */
-		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			Endpoint_ClearIN();
-			Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
-		}
-
-		/* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the read command based on if we are reading a high
-		 * or low byte at the current word address */
-		if (V2Command == CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP)
-		  Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
-
-		/* EEPROM just increments the address each byte, flash needs to increment on each word and
-		 * also check to ensure that a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command is issued each time the extended
-		 * address boundary has been crossed */
-		if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) || (V2Command == CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP))
-		{
-			CurrentAddress++;
-
-			if ((V2Command != CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF))
-			  MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
-		}
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-
-	bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	/* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */
-	if (IsEndpointFull)
-	{
-		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
-		Endpoint_ClearIN();
-		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
-	}
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_CHI_ERASE_ISP command, clearing the target's FLASH memory. */
-void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void)
-{
-	struct
-	{
-		uint8_t EraseDelayMS;
-		uint8_t PollMethod;
-		uint8_t EraseCommandBytes[4];
-	} Erase_Chip_Params;
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_Chip_Params, sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params), NULL);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
-
-	/* Send the chip erase commands as given by the host to the device */
-	for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes); SByte++)
-	  ISPTarget_SendByte(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes[SByte]);
-
-	/* Use appropriate command completion check as given by the host (delay or busy polling) */
-	if (!(Erase_Chip_Params.PollMethod))
-	  ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseDelayMS);
-	else
-	  ResponseStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy();
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseStatus);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP, CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP, CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP and CMD_READ_OSCCAL commands,
- *  reading the requested configuration byte from the device.
- *
- *  \param[in] V2Command  Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
- */
-void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(uint8_t V2Command)
-{
-	struct
-	{
-		uint8_t RetByte;
-		uint8_t ReadCommandBytes[4];
-	} Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params;
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params, sizeof(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params), NULL);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	uint8_t ResponseBytes[4];
-
-	/* Send the Fuse or Lock byte read commands as given by the host to the device, store response */
-	for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++)
-	  ResponseBytes[RByte] = ISPTarget_TransferByte(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.ReadCommandBytes[RByte]);
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseBytes[Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.RetByte - 1]);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_WRITE_FUSE_ISP and CMD_WRITE_LOCK_ISP commands, writing the requested configuration
- *  byte to the device.
- *
- *  \param[in] V2Command  Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
- */
-void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(uint8_t V2Command)
-{
-	struct
-	{
-		uint8_t WriteCommandBytes[4];
-	} Write_FuseLockSig_Params;
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_FuseLockSig_Params, sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params), NULL);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	/* Send the Fuse or Lock byte program commands as given by the host to the device */
-	for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes); SByte++)
-	  ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes[SByte]);
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_SPI_MULTI command, writing and reading arbitrary SPI data to and from the attached device. */
-void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void)
-{
-	struct
-	{
-		uint8_t TxBytes;
-		uint8_t RxBytes;
-		uint8_t RxStartAddr;
-		uint8_t TxData[255];
-	} SPI_Multi_Params;
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params, (sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params) - sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData)), NULL);
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params.TxData, SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes, NULL);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_SPI_MULTI);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-
-	uint8_t CurrTxPos = 0;
-	uint8_t CurrRxPos = 0;
-
-	/* Write out bytes to transmit until the start of the bytes to receive is met */
-	while (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxStartAddr)
-	{
-		if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes)
-		  ISPTarget_SendByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos]);
-		else
-		  ISPTarget_SendByte(0);
-
-		CurrTxPos++;
-	}
-
-	/* Transmit remaining bytes with padding as needed, read in response bytes */
-	while (CurrRxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxBytes)
-	{
-		if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes)
-		  Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_TransferByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos++]));
-		else
-		  Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_ReceiveByte());
-
-		/* Check to see if we have filled the endpoint bank and need to send the packet */
-		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			Endpoint_ClearIN();
-			Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
-		}
-
-		CurrRxPos++;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-
-	bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	/* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */
-	if (IsEndpointFull)
-	{
-		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
-		Endpoint_ClearIN();
-		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
-	}
-}
-
-/** Blocking delay for a given number of milliseconds. This provides a simple wrapper around
- *  the avr-libc provided delay function, so that the delay function can be called with a
- *  constant value (to prevent run-time floating point operations being required).
- *
- *  \param[in] DelayMS  Number of milliseconds to delay for
- */
-void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS)
-{
-	while (DelayMS-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
-	  Delay_MS(1);
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 44b339762d..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for ISPProtocol.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _ISP_PROTOCOL_
-#define _ISP_PROTOCOL_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <util/delay.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
-		#include "../V2Protocol.h"
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
-			#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-
-			#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
-				#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
-			#endif
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Mask for the reading or writing of the high byte in a FLASH word when issuing a low-level programming command. */
-		#define READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK       (1 << 3)
-
-		#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK     (1 << 0)
-		#define PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK   (1 << 1)
-		#define PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK       (1 << 2)
-		#define PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK   (1 << 3)
-		#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK  (1 << 4)
-		#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK      (1 << 5)
-		#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK  (1 << 6)
-		#define PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK      (1 << 7)
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void);
-		void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void);
-		void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(const uint8_t V2Command);
-		void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(const uint8_t V2Command);
-		void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void);
-		void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(const uint8_t V2Command);
-		void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(const uint8_t V2Command);
-		void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void);
-		void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS);
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 197b62275d..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,370 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Target-related functions for the ISP Protocol decoder.
- */
-
-#include "ISPTarget.h"
-
-#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-
-/** List of hardware SPI prescaler masks for possible AVRStudio ISP programming speeds.
- *
- *  \hideinitializer
- */
-static const uint8_t SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[] PROGMEM =
-{
-#if (F_CPU == 8000000)
-	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2,    // AVRStudio =   8MHz SPI, Actual =   4MHz SPI
-	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2,    // AVRStudio =   4MHz SPI, Actual =   4MHz SPI
-	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4,    // AVRStudio =   2MHz SPI, Actual =   2MHz SPI
-	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8,    // AVRStudio =   1MHz SPI, Actual =   1MHz SPI
-	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16,   // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI
-	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32,   // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI
-	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64,   // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI
-#elif (F_CPU == 16000000)
-	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2,    // AVRStudio =   8MHz SPI, Actual =   8MHz SPI
-	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4,    // AVRStudio =   4MHz SPI, Actual =   4MHz SPI
-	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8,    // AVRStudio =   2MHz SPI, Actual =   2MHz SPI
-	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16,   // AVRStudio =   1MHz SPI, Actual =   1MHz SPI
-	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32,   // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI
-	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64,   // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI
-	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128   // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI
-#else
-	#error No SPI prescaler masks for chosen F_CPU speed.
-#endif
-};
-
-/** Lookup table to convert the slower ISP speeds into a compare value for the software SPI driver.
- *
- *  \hideinitializer
- */
-static const uint16_t TimerCompareFromSCKDuration[] PROGMEM =
-{
-	TIMER_COMP(96386), TIMER_COMP(89888), TIMER_COMP(84211), TIMER_COMP(79208), TIMER_COMP(74767),
-	TIMER_COMP(70797), TIMER_COMP(67227), TIMER_COMP(64000), TIMER_COMP(61069), TIMER_COMP(58395),
-	TIMER_COMP(55945), TIMER_COMP(51613), TIMER_COMP(49690), TIMER_COMP(47905), TIMER_COMP(46243),
-	TIMER_COMP(43244), TIMER_COMP(41885), TIMER_COMP(39409), TIMER_COMP(38278), TIMER_COMP(36200),
-	TIMER_COMP(34335), TIMER_COMP(32654), TIMER_COMP(31129), TIMER_COMP(29740), TIMER_COMP(28470),
-	TIMER_COMP(27304), TIMER_COMP(25724), TIMER_COMP(24768), TIMER_COMP(23461), TIMER_COMP(22285),
-	TIMER_COMP(21221), TIMER_COMP(20254), TIMER_COMP(19371), TIMER_COMP(18562), TIMER_COMP(17583),
-	TIMER_COMP(16914), TIMER_COMP(16097), TIMER_COMP(15356), TIMER_COMP(14520), TIMER_COMP(13914),
-	TIMER_COMP(13224), TIMER_COMP(12599), TIMER_COMP(12031), TIMER_COMP(11511), TIMER_COMP(10944),
-	TIMER_COMP(10431), TIMER_COMP(9963),  TIMER_COMP(9468),  TIMER_COMP(9081),  TIMER_COMP(8612),
-	TIMER_COMP(8239),  TIMER_COMP(7851),  TIMER_COMP(7498),  TIMER_COMP(7137),  TIMER_COMP(6809),
-	TIMER_COMP(6478),  TIMER_COMP(6178),  TIMER_COMP(5879),  TIMER_COMP(5607),  TIMER_COMP(5359),
-	TIMER_COMP(5093),  TIMER_COMP(4870),  TIMER_COMP(4633),  TIMER_COMP(4418),  TIMER_COMP(4209),
-	TIMER_COMP(4019),  TIMER_COMP(3823),  TIMER_COMP(3645),  TIMER_COMP(3474),  TIMER_COMP(3310),
-	TIMER_COMP(3161),  TIMER_COMP(3011),  TIMER_COMP(2869),  TIMER_COMP(2734),  TIMER_COMP(2611),
-	TIMER_COMP(2484),  TIMER_COMP(2369),  TIMER_COMP(2257),  TIMER_COMP(2152),  TIMER_COMP(2052),
-	TIMER_COMP(1956),  TIMER_COMP(1866),  TIMER_COMP(1779),  TIMER_COMP(1695),  TIMER_COMP(1615),
-	TIMER_COMP(1539),  TIMER_COMP(1468),  TIMER_COMP(1398),  TIMER_COMP(1333),  TIMER_COMP(1271),
-	TIMER_COMP(1212),  TIMER_COMP(1155),  TIMER_COMP(1101),  TIMER_COMP(1049),  TIMER_COMP(1000),
-	TIMER_COMP(953),   TIMER_COMP(909),   TIMER_COMP(866),   TIMER_COMP(826),   TIMER_COMP(787),
-	TIMER_COMP(750),   TIMER_COMP(715),   TIMER_COMP(682),   TIMER_COMP(650),   TIMER_COMP(619),
-	TIMER_COMP(590),   TIMER_COMP(563),   TIMER_COMP(536),   TIMER_COMP(511),   TIMER_COMP(487),
-	TIMER_COMP(465),   TIMER_COMP(443),   TIMER_COMP(422),   TIMER_COMP(402),   TIMER_COMP(384),
-	TIMER_COMP(366),   TIMER_COMP(349),   TIMER_COMP(332),   TIMER_COMP(317),   TIMER_COMP(302),
-	TIMER_COMP(288),   TIMER_COMP(274),   TIMER_COMP(261),   TIMER_COMP(249),   TIMER_COMP(238),
-	TIMER_COMP(226),   TIMER_COMP(216),   TIMER_COMP(206),   TIMER_COMP(196),   TIMER_COMP(187),
-	TIMER_COMP(178),   TIMER_COMP(170),   TIMER_COMP(162),   TIMER_COMP(154),   TIMER_COMP(147),
-	TIMER_COMP(140),   TIMER_COMP(134),   TIMER_COMP(128),   TIMER_COMP(122),   TIMER_COMP(116),
-	TIMER_COMP(111),   TIMER_COMP(105),   TIMER_COMP(100),   TIMER_COMP(95.4),  TIMER_COMP(90.9),
-	TIMER_COMP(86.6),  TIMER_COMP(82.6),  TIMER_COMP(78.7),  TIMER_COMP(75.0),  TIMER_COMP(71.5),
-	TIMER_COMP(68.2),  TIMER_COMP(65.0),  TIMER_COMP(61.9),  TIMER_COMP(59.0),  TIMER_COMP(56.3),
-	TIMER_COMP(53.6),  TIMER_COMP(51.1)
-};
-
-/** Currently selected SPI driver, either hardware (for fast ISP speeds) or software (for slower ISP speeds). */
-bool HardwareSPIMode = true;
-
-/** Software SPI data register for sending and receiving */
-static volatile uint8_t SoftSPI_Data;
-
-/** Number of bits left to transfer in the software SPI driver */
-static volatile uint8_t SoftSPI_BitsRemaining;
-
-
-/** ISR to handle software SPI transmission and reception */
-ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
-{
-	/* Check if rising edge (output next bit) or falling edge (read in next bit) */
-	if (!(PINB & (1 << 1)))
-	{
-		if (SoftSPI_Data & (1 << 7))
-		  PORTB |=  (1 << 2);
-		else
-		  PORTB &= ~(1 << 2);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		SoftSPI_Data <<= 1;
-
-		if (!(--SoftSPI_BitsRemaining))
-		{
-			TCCR1B = 0;
-			TIFR1  = (1 << OCF1A);
-		}
-
-		if (PINB & (1 << 3))
-		  SoftSPI_Data |= (1 << 0);
-	}
-
-	/* Fast toggle of PORTB.1 via the PIN register (see datasheet) */
-	PINB |= (1 << 1);
-}
-
-/** Initializes the appropriate SPI driver (hardware or software, depending on the selected ISP speed) ready for
- *  communication with the attached target.
- */
-void ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP(void)
-{
-	uint8_t SCKDuration = V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_SCK_DURATION);
-
-	if (SCKDuration < sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration))
-	{
-		HardwareSPIMode = true;
-
-		SPI_Init(pgm_read_byte(&SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration]) | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST |
-		                       SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		HardwareSPIMode = false;
-
-		DDRB  |= ((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
-		PORTB |= ((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
-
-		ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(SCKDuration);
-	}
-}
-
-/** Shuts down the current selected SPI driver (hardware or software, depending on the selected ISP speed) so that no
- *  further communications can occur until the driver is re-initialized.
- */
-void ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP(void)
-{
-	if (HardwareSPIMode)
-	{
-		SPI_Disable();
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		DDRB  &= ~((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
-		PORTB &= ~((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
-
-		/* Must re-enable rescue clock once software ISP has exited, as the timer for the rescue clock is
-		 * re-purposed for software SPI */
-		ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock();
-	}
-}
-
-/** Configures the AVR to produce a 4MHz rescue clock out of the OCR1A pin of the AVR, so
- *  that it can be fed into the XTAL1 pin of an AVR whose fuses have been mis-configured for
- *  an external clock rather than a crystal. When used, the ISP speed must be 125KHz for this
- *  functionality to work correctly.
- */
-void ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(void)
-{
-	#if defined(XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE)
-		/* Configure XCK as an output for the specified AVR model */
-		DDRD  |= (1 << 5);
-
-		/* Start USART to generate a 4MHz clock on the XCK pin */
-		UBRR1  = ((F_CPU / 2 / ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED) - 1);
-		UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
-		UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
-	#else
-		/* Configure OCR1A as an output for the specified AVR model */
-		#if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR)
-		DDRC |= (1 << 6);
-		#else
-		DDRB |= (1 << 5);
-		#endif
-
-		/* Start Timer 1 to generate a 4MHz clock on the OCR1A pin */
-		TIMSK1 = 0;
-		TCNT1  = 0;
-		OCR1A  = ((F_CPU / 2 / ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED) - 1);
-		TCCR1A = (1 << COM1A0);
-		TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS10));
-	#endif
-}
-
-/** Configures the AVR's timer ready to produce software SPI for the slower ISP speeds that
- *  cannot be obtained when using the AVR's hardware SPI module.
- *
- *  \param[in] SCKDuration  Duration of the desired software ISP SCK clock
- */
-void ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(const uint8_t SCKDuration)
-{
-	/* Configure Timer 1 for software SPI using the specified SCK duration */
-	TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A);
-	TCNT1  = 0;
-	OCR1A  = pgm_read_word(&TimerCompareFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration - sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration)]);
-	TCCR1A = 0;
-	TCCR1B = 0;
-}
-
-/** Sends and receives a single byte of data to and from the attached target via software SPI.
- *
- *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the attached target
- *
- *  \return Received byte of data from the attached target
- */
-uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-{
-	SoftSPI_Data          = Byte;
-	SoftSPI_BitsRemaining = 8;
-
-	/* Set initial MOSI pin state according to the byte to be transferred */
-	if (SoftSPI_Data & (1 << 7))
-	  PORTB |=  (1 << 2);
-	else
-	  PORTB &= ~(1 << 2);
-
-	TCNT1  = 0;
-	TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS11));
-	while (SoftSPI_BitsRemaining && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
-	TCCR1B = 0;
-
-	return SoftSPI_Data;
-}
-
-/** Asserts or deasserts the target's reset line, using the correct polarity as set by the host using a SET PARAM command.
- *  When not asserted, the line is tristated so as not to interfere with normal device operation.
- *
- *  \param[in] ResetTarget  Boolean true when the target should be held in reset, \c false otherwise
- */
-void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget)
-{
-	if (ResetTarget)
-	{
-		AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
-
-		if (!(V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)))
-		  AUX_LINE_PORT |=  AUX_LINE_MASK;
-		else
-		  AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		AUX_LINE_DDR  &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
-		AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
-	}
-}
-
-/** Waits until the target has completed the last operation, by continuously polling the device's
- *  BUSY flag until it is cleared, or until the command timeout period has expired.
- *
- *  \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT otherwise
- */
-uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void)
-{
-	do
-	{
-		ISPTarget_SendByte(0xF0);
-		ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
-		ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
-	}
-	while ((ISPTarget_ReceiveByte() & 0x01) && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
-
-	return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0) ? STATUS_CMD_OK : STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT;
-}
-
-/** Sends a low-level LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target, for addressing of memory beyond the
- *  64KB boundary. This sends the command with the correct address as indicated by the current address
- *  pointer variable set by the host when a SET ADDRESS command is issued.
- */
-void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void)
-{
-	ISPTarget_SendByte(LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD);
-	ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
-	ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 16);
-	ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
-}
-
-/** Waits until the last issued target memory programming command has completed, via the check mode given and using
- *  the given parameters.
- *
- *  \param[in] ProgrammingMode  Programming mode used and completion check to use, a mask of \c PROG_MODE_* constants
- *  \param[in] PollAddress      Memory address to poll for completion if polling check mode used
- *  \param[in] PollValue        Poll value to check against if polling check mode used
- *  \param[in] DelayMS          Milliseconds to delay before returning if delay check mode used
- *  \param[in] ReadMemCommand   Device low-level READ MEMORY command to send if value check mode used
- *
- *  \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT or
- *          \ref STATUS_CMD_TOUT otherwise
- */
-uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode,
-                                      const uint16_t PollAddress,
-                                      const uint8_t PollValue,
-                                      const uint8_t DelayMS,
-                                      const uint8_t ReadMemCommand)
-{
-	uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
-
-	/* Determine method of Programming Complete check */
-	switch (ProgrammingMode & ~(PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK | PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK))
-	{
-		case PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK:
-		case PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK:
-			ISPProtocol_DelayMS(DelayMS);
-			break;
-		case PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK:
-		case PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK:
-			do
-			{
-				ISPTarget_SendByte(ReadMemCommand);
-				ISPTarget_SendByte(PollAddress >> 8);
-				ISPTarget_SendByte(PollAddress & 0xFF);
-			}
-			while ((ISPTarget_TransferByte(0x00) == PollValue) && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
-
-			if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
-			  ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_TOUT;
-
-			break;
-		case PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK:
-		case PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK:
-			ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy();
-			break;
-	}
-
-	/* Program complete - reset timeout */
-	TimeoutTicksRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS;
-
-	return ProgrammingStatus;
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f32f51940..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for ISPTarget.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _ISP_TARGET_
-#define _ISP_TARGET_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-		#include <util/delay.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
-
-		#include "../V2Protocol.h"
-		#include "ISPProtocol.h"
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
-			#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-
-			#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
-				#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
-			#endif
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Low level device command to issue an extended FLASH address, for devices with over 128KB of FLASH. */
-		#define LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD     0x4D
-
-		/** Macro to convert an ISP frequency to a number of timer clock cycles for the software SPI driver. */
-		#define TIMER_COMP(freq)              (((F_CPU / 8) / 2 / freq) - 1)
-
-		/** ISP rescue clock speed in Hz, for clocking targets with incorrectly set fuses. */
-		#define ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED        4000000
-
-	/* External Variables: */
-		extern bool HardwareSPIMode;
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		void    ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP(void);
-		void    ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP(void);
-		void    ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(void);
-		void    ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(const uint8_t SCKDuration);
-		uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(const uint8_t Byte);
-		void    ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget);
-		uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void);
-		void    ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void);
-		uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode,
-		                                      const uint16_t PollAddress,
-		                                      const uint8_t PollValue,
-		                                      const uint8_t DelayMS,
-		                                      const uint8_t ReadMemCommand);
-
-	/* Inline Functions: */
-		/** Sends a byte of ISP data to the attached target, using the appropriate SPI hardware or
-		 *  software routines depending on the selected ISP speed.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the attached target
-		 */
-		static inline void ISPTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-		{
-			if (HardwareSPIMode)
-			  SPI_SendByte(Byte);
-			else
-			  ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(Byte);
-		}
-
-		/** Receives a byte of ISP data from the attached target, using the appropriate
-		 *  SPI hardware or software routines depending on the selected ISP speed.
-		 *
-		 *  \return Received byte of data from the attached target
-		 */
-		static inline uint8_t ISPTarget_ReceiveByte(void)
-		{
-			uint8_t ReceivedByte;
-
-			if (HardwareSPIMode)
-			  ReceivedByte = SPI_ReceiveByte();
-			else
-			  ReceivedByte = ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(0x00);
-
-			#if defined(INVERTED_ISP_MISO)
-			return ~ReceivedByte;
-			#else
-			return  ReceivedByte;
-			#endif
-		}
-
-		/** Sends and receives a byte of ISP data to and from the attached target, using the
-		 *  appropriate SPI hardware or software routines depending on the selected ISP speed.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the attached target
-		 *
-		 *  \return Received byte of data from the attached target
-		 */
-		static inline uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-		{
-			uint8_t ReceivedByte;
-
-			if (HardwareSPIMode)
-			  ReceivedByte = SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
-			else
-			  ReceivedByte = ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(Byte);
-
-			#if defined(INVERTED_ISP_MISO)
-			return ~ReceivedByte;
-			#else
-			return  ReceivedByte;
-			#endif
-		}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fd64c5a1e8..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  V2Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
- */
-
-#define  INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C
-#include "V2Protocol.h"
-
-/** Current memory address for FLASH/EEPROM memory read/write commands */
-uint32_t CurrentAddress;
-
-/** Flag to indicate that the next read/write operation must update the device's current extended FLASH address */
-bool MustLoadExtendedAddress;
-
-
-/** ISR to manage timeouts whilst processing a V2Protocol command */
-ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_NOBLOCK)
-{
-	if (TimeoutTicksRemaining)
-	  TimeoutTicksRemaining--;
-	else
-	  TCCR0B = 0;
-}
-
-/** Initializes the hardware and software associated with the V2 protocol command handling. */
-void V2Protocol_Init(void)
-{
-	#if defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT)
-	/* Initialize the ADC converter for VTARGET level detection on supported AVR models */
-	ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
-	ADC_SetupChannel(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL);
-	ADC_StartReading(VTARGET_REF_MASK | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK);
-	#endif
-
-	/* Timeout timer initialization (~10ms period) */
-	OCR0A  = (((F_CPU / 1024) / 100) - 1);
-	TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
-	TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
-
-	V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues();
-
-	#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL)
-	ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock();
-	#endif
-}
-
-/** Master V2 Protocol packet handler, for received V2 Protocol packets from a connected host.
- *  This routine decodes the issued command and passes off the handling of the command to the
- *  appropriate function.
- */
-void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void)
-{
-	uint8_t V2Command = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
-	/* Reset timeout counter duration and start the timer */
-	TimeoutTicksRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS;
-	TCCR0B = ((1 << CS02) | (1 << CS00));
-
-	switch (V2Command)
-	{
-		case CMD_SIGN_ON:
-			V2Protocol_SignOn();
-			break;
-		case CMD_SET_PARAMETER:
-		case CMD_GET_PARAMETER:
-			V2Protocol_GetSetParam(V2Command);
-			break;
-		case CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS:
-			V2Protocol_LoadAddress();
-			break;
-		case CMD_RESET_PROTECTION:
-			V2Protocol_ResetProtection();
-			break;
-#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL)
-		case CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP:
-			ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode();
-			break;
-		case CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP:
-			ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode();
-			break;
-		case CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP:
-		case CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP:
-			ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(V2Command);
-			break;
-		case CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP:
-		case CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP:
-			ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(V2Command);
-			break;
-		case CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP:
-			ISPProtocol_ChipErase();
-			break;
-		case CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP:
-		case CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP:
-		case CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP:
-		case CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP:
-			ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(V2Command);
-			break;
-		case CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP:
-		case CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP:
-			ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(V2Command);
-			break;
-		case CMD_SPI_MULTI:
-			ISPProtocol_SPIMulti();
-			break;
-#endif
-#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
-		case CMD_XPROG_SETMODE:
-			XPROGProtocol_SetMode();
-			break;
-		case CMD_XPROG:
-			XPROGProtocol_Command();
-			break;
-#endif
-		default:
-			V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(V2Command);
-			break;
-	}
-
-	/* Disable the timeout management timer */
-	TCCR0B = 0;
-
-	Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT);
-}
-
-/** Handler for unknown V2 protocol commands. This discards all sent data and returns a
- *  STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN status back to the host.
- *
- *  \param[in] V2Command  Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
- */
-static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command)
-{
-	/* Discard all incoming data */
-	while (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE)
-	{
-		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_SIGN_ON command, returning the programmer ID string to the host. */
-static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void)
-{
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_SIGN_ON);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1);
-	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(PROGRAMMER_ID, (sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1), NULL);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_RESET_PROTECTION command, implemented as a dummy ACK function as
- *  no target short-circuit protection is currently implemented.
- */
-static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void)
-{
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_RESET_PROTECTION);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_SET_PARAMETER and CMD_GET_PARAMETER commands from the host, setting or
- *  getting a device parameter's value from the parameter table.
- *
- *  \param[in] V2Command  Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
- */
-static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command)
-{
-	uint8_t ParamID = Endpoint_Read_8();
-	uint8_t ParamValue;
-
-	if (V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER)
-	  ParamValue = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
-
-	uint8_t ParamPrivs = V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(ParamID);
-
-	if ((V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_WRITE))
-	{
-		Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-		V2Params_SetParameterValue(ParamID, ParamValue);
-	}
-	else if ((V2Command == CMD_GET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_READ))
-	{
-		Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-		Endpoint_Write_8(V2Params_GetParameterValue(ParamID));
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS command, loading the given device address into a
- *  global storage variable for later use, and issuing LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS commands
- *  to the attached device as required.
- */
-static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void)
-{
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(&CurrentAddress, sizeof(CurrentAddress), NULL);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	if (CurrentAddress & (1UL << 31))
-	  MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f447ba4b9..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for V2Protocol.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_
-#define _V2_PROTOCOL_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
-		#include <avr/wdt.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
-		#include "../AVRISPDescriptors.h"
-		#include "V2ProtocolConstants.h"
-		#include "V2ProtocolParams.h"
-		#include "ISP/ISPProtocol.h"
-		#include "XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h"
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
-			#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-
-			#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
-				#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
-			#endif
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) && ((VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL == 2) || (VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL == 3)) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT)
-			#error The U4 AVR chips do not contain ADC channels 2 or 3. Please change VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL or define NO_VTARGET_DETECT in the makefile.
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF)
-			#undef  VTARGET_REF_VOLTS
-			#define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS 2.56
-
-			#define VTARGET_REF_MASK ADC_REFERENCE_INT2560MV
-		#else
-			#define VTARGET_REF_MASK ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Programmer ID string, returned to the host during the CMD_SIGN_ON command processing. */
-		#define PROGRAMMER_ID              "AVRISP_MK2"
-
-		/** Timeout period for each issued command from the host before it is aborted (in 10ms ticks). */
-		#define COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS      100
-
-		/** Command timeout ticks remaining counter, GPIOR for speed. */
-		#define TimeoutTicksRemaining      GPIOR1
-
-		/** MUX mask for the VTARGET ADC channel number. */
-		#define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK   ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL)
-
-	/* External Variables: */
-		extern uint32_t CurrentAddress;
-		extern bool     MustLoadExtendedAddress;
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		void V2Protocol_Init(void);
-		void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void);
-
-		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C)
-			static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command);
-			static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void);
-			static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command);
-			static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void);
-			static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void);
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 121eae7f3f..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Macros for the V2 Protocol Packet Commands and Responses.
- */
-
-#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_
-#define _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define CMD_SIGN_ON                 0x01
-		#define CMD_SET_PARAMETER           0x02
-		#define CMD_GET_PARAMETER           0x03
-		#define CMD_OSCCAL                  0x05
-		#define CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS            0x06
-		#define CMD_FIRMWARE_UPGRADE        0x07
-		#define CMD_RESET_PROTECTION        0x0A
-		#define CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP      0x10
-		#define CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP      0x11
-		#define CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP          0x12
-		#define CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP       0x13
-		#define CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP          0x14
-		#define CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP      0x15
-		#define CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP         0x16
-		#define CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP        0x17
-		#define CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP           0x18
-		#define CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP        0x19
-		#define CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP           0x1A
-		#define CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP      0x1B
-		#define CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP         0x1C
-		#define CMD_SPI_MULTI               0x1D
-		#define CMD_XPROG                   0x50
-		#define CMD_XPROG_SETMODE           0x51
-
-		#define STATUS_CMD_OK               0x00
-		#define STATUS_CMD_TOUT             0x80
-		#define STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT         0x81
-		#define STATUS_SET_PARAM_MISSING    0x82
-		#define STATUS_CMD_FAILED           0xC0
-		#define STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN          0xC9
-		#define STATUS_CMD_ILLEGAL_PARAM    0xCA
-		#define STATUS_ISP_READY            0x00
-		#define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_MOSI       0x01
-		#define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_RST        0x02
-		#define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_SCK        0x04
-		#define STATUS_TGT_NOT_DETECTED     0x10
-		#define STATUS_TGT_REVERSE_INSERTED 0x20
-
-		#define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW      0x80
-		#define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH     0x81
-		#define PARAM_HW_VER                0x90
-		#define PARAM_SW_MAJOR              0x91
-		#define PARAM_SW_MINOR              0x92
-		#define PARAM_VTARGET               0x94
-		#define PARAM_SCK_DURATION          0x98
-		#define PARAM_RESET_POLARITY        0x9E
-		#define PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN       0xA1
-		#define PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY        0xA4
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b33c212f8..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  V2Protocol parameter handler, to process V2 Protocol device parameters.
- */
-
-#define  INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C
-#include "V2ProtocolParams.h"
-
-/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */
-static uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_Reset_Polarity = 0x01;
-
-/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */
-static uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_SCK_Duration   = 0x06;
-
-/* Volatile Parameter Values for RAM storage */
-static ParameterItem_t ParameterTable[] =
-	{
-		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW,
-		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
-		  .ParamValue       = 0                                  },
-
-		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH,
-		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
-		  .ParamValue       = 0                                  },
-
-		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_HW_VER,
-		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
-		  .ParamValue       = 0x00                               },
-
-		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_SW_MAJOR,
-		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
-		  .ParamValue       = 0x01                               },
-
-		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_SW_MINOR,
-		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
-		  .ParamValue       = FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR             },
-
-		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_VTARGET,
-		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
-		  .ParamValue       = (uint8_t)(3.3 * 10)                },
-
-		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_SCK_DURATION,
-		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
-		  .ParamValue       = 6                                  },
-
-		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_RESET_POLARITY,
-		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
-		  .ParamValue       = 0x01                               },
-
-		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN,
-		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
-		  .ParamValue       = STATUS_ISP_READY                   },
-
-		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY,
-		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
-		  .ParamValue       = 0x00                               },
-	};
-
-
-/** Loads saved non-volatile parameter values from the EEPROM into the parameter table, as needed. */
-void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void)
-{
-	/* Read parameter values that are stored in non-volatile EEPROM */
-	uint8_t ResetPolarity = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_Reset_Polarity);
-	uint8_t SCKDuration   = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_SCK_Duration);
-
-	/* Update current parameter table if the EEPROM contents was not blank */
-	if (ResetPolarity != 0xFF)
-	  V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)->ParamValue = ResetPolarity;
-
-	/* Update current parameter table if the EEPROM contents was not blank */
-	if (SCKDuration != 0xFF)
-	  V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_SCK_DURATION)->ParamValue   = SCKDuration;
-}
-
-/** Updates any parameter values that are sourced from hardware rather than explicitly set by the host, such as
- *  VTARGET levels from the ADC on supported AVR models.
- */
-void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void)
-{
-	#if (defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT))
-	/* Update VTARGET parameter with the latest ADC conversion of VTARGET on supported AVR models */
-	V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_VTARGET)->ParamValue = (((uint16_t)(VTARGET_REF_VOLTS * 10 * VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR) * ADC_GetResult()) / 1024);
-	#endif
-}
-
-/** Retrieves the host PC read/write privileges for a given parameter in the parameter table. This should
- *  be called before calls to \ref V2Params_GetParameterValue() or \ref V2Params_SetParameterValue() when
- *  getting or setting parameter values in response to requests from the host.
- *
- *  \param[in] ParamID  Parameter ID whose privileges are to be retrieved from the table
- *
- *  \return Privileges for the requested parameter, as a mask of \c PARAM_PRIV_* masks
- */
-uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID)
-{
-	ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
-
-	if (ParamInfo == NULL)
-	  return 0;
-
-	return ParamInfo->ParamPrivileges;
-}
-
-/** Retrieves the current value for a given parameter in the parameter table.
- *
- *  \note This function does not first check for read privileges - if the value is being sent to the host via a
- *        GET PARAM command, \ref V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges() should be called first to ensure that the
- *        parameter is host-readable.
- *
- *  \param[in] ParamID  Parameter ID whose value is to be retrieved from the table
- *
- *  \return Current value of the parameter in the table, or 0 if not found
- */
-uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID)
-{
-	ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
-
-	if (ParamInfo == NULL)
-	  return 0;
-
-	return ParamInfo->ParamValue;
-}
-
-/** Sets the value for a given parameter in the parameter table.
- *
- *  \note This function does not first check for write privileges - if the value is being sourced from the host
- *        via a SET PARAM command, \ref V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges() should be called first to ensure that the
- *        parameter is host-writable.
- *
- *  \param[in] ParamID  Parameter ID whose value is to be set in the table
- *  \param[in] Value    New value to set the parameter to
- *
- *  \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise
- */
-void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID,
-                                const uint8_t Value)
-{
-	ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
-
-	if (ParamInfo == NULL)
-	  return;
-
-	ParamInfo->ParamValue = Value;
-
-	/* The target RESET line polarity is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */
-	if (ParamID == PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)
-	  eeprom_update_byte(&EEPROM_Reset_Polarity, Value);
-
-	/* The target SCK line period is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */
-	if (ParamID == PARAM_SCK_DURATION)
-	  eeprom_update_byte(&EEPROM_SCK_Duration, Value);
-}
-
-/** Retrieves a parameter entry (including ID, value and privileges) from the parameter table that matches the given
- *  parameter ID.
- *
- *  \param[in] ParamID  Parameter ID to find in the table
- *
- *  \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise
- */
-static ParameterItem_t* const V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID)
-{
-	ParameterItem_t* CurrTableItem = ParameterTable;
-
-	/* Find the parameter in the parameter table if present */
-	for (uint8_t TableIndex = 0; TableIndex < TABLE_PARAM_COUNT; TableIndex++)
-	{
-		if (ParamID == CurrTableItem->ParamID)
-		  return CurrTableItem;
-
-		CurrTableItem++;
-	}
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b195f67c55..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for V2ProtocolParams.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_
-#define _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/eeprom.h>
-
-		#if defined(ADC)
-			#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
-		#endif
-
-		#include "V2Protocol.h"
-		#include "V2ProtocolConstants.h"
-		#include "ISP/ISPTarget.h"
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to read the parameter's value. */
-		#define PARAM_PRIV_READ     (1 << 0)
-
-		/** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to change the parameter's value. */
-		#define PARAM_PRIV_WRITE    (1 << 1)
-
-		/** Total number of parameters in the parameter table */
-		#define TABLE_PARAM_COUNT   (sizeof(ParameterTable) / sizeof(ParameterTable[0]))
-
-		#if (!defined(FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-			/** Minor firmware version, reported to the host on request; must match the version
-			 *  the host is expecting, or it (may) reject further communications with the programmer. */
-			#define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR   0x18
-		#endif
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** Type define for a parameter table entry indicating a PC readable or writable device parameter. */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			const uint8_t ParamID; /**< Parameter ID number to uniquely identify the parameter within the device */
-			const uint8_t ParamPrivileges;  /**< Parameter privileges to allow the host to read or write the parameter's value */
-			uint8_t ParamValue; /**< Current parameter's value within the device */
-		} ParameterItem_t;
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		void    V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void);
-		void    V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void);
-
-		uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID);
-		uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID);
-		void    V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID,
-		                                   const uint8_t Value);
-
-		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C)
-			static ParameterItem_t* const V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID);
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 22eb7d74cb..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Target-related functions for the TINY target's NVM module.
- */
-
-#define  INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C
-#include "TINYNVM.h"
-
-#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-
-/** Sends the given pointer address to the target's TPI pointer register */
-static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress)
-{
-	/* Send the given 16-bit address to the target, LSB first */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 0);
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress & 0xFF);
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 1);
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 8);
-}
-
-/** Sends a SIN command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be written.
- *
- *  \param[in] Address  6-bit I/O address to write to in the target's I/O memory space
- */
-static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address)
-{
-	/* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper
-	 * two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once - use function to reduce code size */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SIN(Address));
-}
-
-/** Sends a SOUT command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be read.
- *
- *  \param[in] Address  6-bit I/O address to read from in the target's I/O memory space
- */
-static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address)
-{
-	/* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper
-	 * two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once - use function to reduce code size */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SOUT(Address));
-}
-
-/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read.
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
- */
-bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void)
-{
-	/* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
-	for (;;)
-	{
-		/* Send the SLDCS command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPI_REG_STATUS));
-
-		uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
-
-		/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
-		if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
-		  return false;
-
-		/* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */
-		if (StatusRegister & TPI_STATUS_NVM)
-		  return true;
-	}
-}
-
-/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the
- *  timeout period expires.
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
- */
-bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void)
-{
-	/* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
-	for (;;)
-	{
-		/* Send the SIN command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is busy */
-		TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr);
-
-		uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
-
-		/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
-		if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
-		  return false;
-
-		/* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */
-		if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7)))
-		  return true;
-	}
-}
-
-/** Enables the physical TPI interface on the target and enables access to the internal NVM controller.
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the TPI interface was enabled successfully, \c false otherwise
- */
-bool TINYNVM_EnableTPI(void)
-{
-	/* Enable TPI programming mode with the attached target */
-	XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI();
-
-	/* Lower direction change guard time to 32 USART bits */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPI_REG_CTRL));
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x02);
-
-	/* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SKEY);
-	for (uint8_t i = sizeof(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--)
-	  XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]);
-
-	/* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */
-	return TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
-}
-
-/** Removes access to the target's NVM controller and physically disables the target's physical TPI interface. */
-void TINYNVM_DisableTPI(void)
-{
-	TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
-
-	do
-	{
-		/* Clear the NVMEN bit in the TPI STATUS register to disable TPI mode */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPI_REG_STATUS));
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
-
-		/* Read back the STATUS register, check to see if it took effect */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPI_REG_STATUS));
-	} while (XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte() != 0x00);
-
-	XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI();
-}
-
-/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces.
- *
- *  \param[in]  ReadAddress  Start address to read from within the target's address space
- *  \param[out] ReadBuffer   Buffer to store read data into
- *  \param[in]  ReadSize     Length of the data to read from the device
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress,
-                        uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
-                        uint16_t ReadSize)
-{
-	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
-	if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
-	  return false;
-
-	/* Set the NVM control register to the NO OP command for memory reading */
-	TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP);
-
-	/* Send the address of the location to read from */
-	TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(ReadAddress);
-
-	while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
-	{
-		/* Read the byte of data from the target */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLD(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI));
-		*(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
-	}
-
-	return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0);
-}
-
-/** Writes word addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
- *
- *  \param[in] WriteAddress  Start address to write to within the target's address space
- *  \param[in] WriteBuffer   Buffer to source data from
- *  \param[in] WriteLength   Total number of bytes to write to the device (must be an integer multiple of 2)
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress,
-                         uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
-                         uint16_t WriteLength)
-{
-	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
-	if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
-	  return false;
-
-	/* Must have an integer number of words to write - if extra byte, word-align via a dummy high byte */
-	if (WriteLength & 0x01)
-	  WriteBuffer[WriteLength++] = 0xFF;
-
-	/* Set the NVM control register to the WORD WRITE command for memory writing */
-	TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE);
-
-	/* Send the address of the location to write to */
-	TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(WriteAddress);
-
-	while (WriteLength)
-	{
-		/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
-		if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
-		  return false;
-
-		/* Write the low byte of data to the target */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI));
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
-
-		/* Write the high byte of data to the target */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI));
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
-
-		/* Need to decrement the write length twice, since we wrote a whole two-byte word */
-		WriteLength -= 2;
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-/** Erases the target's memory space.
- *
- *  \param[in] EraseCommand  NVM erase command to send to the device
- *  \param[in] Address       Address inside the memory space to erase
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
-                         const uint16_t Address)
-{
-	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
-	if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
-	  return false;
-
-	/* Set the NVM control register to the target memory erase command */
-	TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
-
-	/* Write to a high byte location within the target address space to start the erase process */
-	TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(Address | 0x0001);
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT));
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
-
-	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
-	if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
-	  return false;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 61389bb455..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for TINYNVM.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _TINY_NVM_
-#define _TINY_NVM_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
-		#include <stdbool.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-
-		#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
-		#include "XPROGTarget.h"
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
-			#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-
-			#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
-				#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
-			#endif
-		#endif
-
-	/* Defines: */
-		#define TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP              0x00
-		#define TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE         0x10
-		#define TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE      0x14
-		#define TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE         0x1D
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
-		bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void);
-		bool TINYNVM_EnableTPI(void);
-		void TINYNVM_DisableTPI(void);
-		bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress,
-		                        uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
-		                        uint16_t ReadLength);
-		bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress,
-		                         uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
-		                         uint16_t WriteLength);
-		bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
-		                         const uint16_t Address);
-
-		#if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL))
-			static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address);
-			static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address);
-			static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress);
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0208a634b7..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,468 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Target-related functions for the XMEGA target's NVM module.
- */
-
-#define  INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGA_NVM_C
-#include "XMEGANVM.h"
-
-#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-
-/** Sends the given 32-bit absolute address to the target.
- *
- *  \param[in] AbsoluteAddress  Absolute address to send to the target
- */
-static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress)
-{
-	/* Send the given 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress &  0xFF);
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 8);
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 16);
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 24);
-}
-
-/** Sends the given NVM register address to the target.
- *
- *  \param[in] Register  NVM register whose absolute address is to be sent
- */
-static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register)
-{
-	/* Determine the absolute register address from the NVM base memory address and the NVM register address */
-	uint32_t Address = XPROG_Param_NVMBase | Register;
-
-	/* Send the calculated 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */
-	XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
-}
-
-/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read or CRC
- *  calculation.
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
- */
-bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void)
-{
-	/* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
-	for (;;)
-	{
-		/* Send the LDCS command to read the PDI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDI_REG_STATUS));
-
-		uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
-
-		/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
-		if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
-		  return false;
-
-		/* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */
-		if (StatusRegister & PDI_STATUS_NVM)
-		  return true;
-	}
-}
-
-/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the
- *  timeout period expires.
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
- */
-bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void)
-{
-	/* Preload the pointer register with the NVM STATUS register address to check the BUSY flag */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
-	XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS);
-
-	/* Poll the NVM STATUS register while the NVM controller is busy */
-	for (;;)
-	{
-		/* Fetch the current status value via the pointer register (without auto-increment afterwards) */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-
-		uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
-
-		/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
-		if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
-		  return false;
-
-		/* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */
-		if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7)))
-		  return true;
-	}
-}
-
-/** Enables the physical PDI interface on the target and enables access to the internal NVM controller.
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the PDI interface was enabled successfully, \c false otherwise
- */
-bool XMEGANVM_EnablePDI(void)
-{
-	/* Enable PDI programming mode with the attached target */
-	XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI();
-
-	/* Store the RESET key into the RESET PDI register to keep the XMEGA in reset */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_RESET));
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_RESET_KEY);
-
-	/* Lower direction change guard time to 32 USART bits */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_CTRL));
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x02);
-
-	/* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_KEY);
-	for (uint8_t i = sizeof(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--)
-	  XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]);
-
-	/* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */
-	return XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
-}
-
-/** Removes access to the target's NVM controller and physically disables the target's physical PDI interface. */
-void XMEGANVM_DisablePDI(void)
-{
-	XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
-
-	/* Clear the RESET key in the RESET PDI register to allow the XMEGA to run - must perform this until the
-	 * change takes effect, as in some cases it takes multiple writes (silicon bug?).
-	 */
-	do
-	{
-		/* Clear reset register */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_RESET));
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
-
-		/* Read back the reset register, check to see if it took effect */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDI_REG_RESET));
-	} while (XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte() != 0x00);
-
-	XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI();
-}
-
-/** Retrieves the CRC value of the given memory space.
- *
- *  \param[in]  CRCCommand  NVM CRC command to issue to the target
- *  \param[out] CRCDest     CRC Destination when read from the target
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand,
-                           uint32_t* const CRCDest)
-{
-	*CRCDest = 0;
-
-	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
-	if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
-	  return false;
-
-	/* Set the NVM command to the correct CRC read command */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-	XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(CRCCommand);
-
-	/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the CRC generation */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-	XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
-
-	/* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */
-	if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy()))
-	  return false;
-
-	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
-	if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
-	  return false;
-
-	/* Load the PDI pointer register with the DAT0 register start address */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
-	XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0);
-
-	/* Send the REPEAT command to grab the CRC bytes */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES - 1);
-
-	/* Read in the CRC bytes from the target */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES; i++)
-	  ((uint8_t*)CRCDest)[i] = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
-
-	return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0);
-}
-
-/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces.
- *
- *  \param[in]  ReadAddress  Start address to read from within the target's address space
- *  \param[out] ReadBuffer   Buffer to store read data into
- *  \param[in]  ReadSize     Number of bytes to read
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress,
-                         uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
-                         uint16_t ReadSize)
-{
-	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
-	if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
-	  return false;
-
-	/* Send the READNVM command to the NVM controller for reading of an arbitrary location */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-	XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM);
-
-	if (ReadSize > 1)
-	{
-		/* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to read from */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
-		XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress);
-
-		/* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to read */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(ReadSize - 1);
-
-		/* Send a LD command with indirect access and post-increment to read out the bytes */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
-		  *(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* Send a LDS command with the read address to read out the requested byte */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress);
-		*(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
-	}
-
-	return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0);
-}
-
-/** Writes byte addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
- *
- *  \param[in]  WriteCommand  Command to send to the device to write each memory byte
- *  \param[in]  WriteAddress  Address to write to within the target's address space
- *  \param[in]  Byte          Byte to write to the target
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand,
-                              const uint32_t WriteAddress,
-                              const uint8_t Byte)
-{
-	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
-	if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
-	  return false;
-
-	/* Send the memory write command to the target */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-	XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteCommand);
-
-	/* Send new memory byte to the memory of the target */
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-	XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
-	XPROGTarget_SendByte(Byte);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-/** Writes page addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
- *
- *  \param[in]  WriteBuffCommand  Command to send to the device to write a byte to the memory page buffer
- *  \param[in]  EraseBuffCommand  Command to send to the device to erase the memory page buffer
- *  \param[in]  WritePageCommand  Command to send to the device to write the page buffer to the destination memory
- *  \param[in]  PageMode          Bitfield indicating what operations need to be executed on the specified page
- *  \param[in]  WriteAddress      Start address to write the page data to within the target's address space
- *  \param[in]  WriteBuffer       Buffer to source data from
- *  \param[in]  WriteSize         Number of bytes to write
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand,
-                              const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand,
-                              const uint8_t WritePageCommand,
-                              const uint8_t PageMode,
-                              const uint32_t WriteAddress,
-                              const uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
-                              uint16_t WriteSize)
-{
-	if (PageMode & XPROG_PAGEMODE_ERASE)
-	{
-		/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
-		if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
-		  return false;
-
-		/* Send the memory buffer erase command to the target */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseBuffCommand);
-
-		/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
-	}
-
-	if (WriteSize)
-	{
-		/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
-		if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
-		  return false;
-
-		/* Send the memory buffer write command to the target */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteBuffCommand);
-
-		/* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to write to */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
-		XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
-
-		/* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteSize - 1);
-
-		/* Send a ST command with indirect access and post-increment to write the bytes */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		while (WriteSize--)
-		  XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
-	}
-
-	if (PageMode & XPROG_PAGEMODE_WRITE)
-	{
-		/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
-		if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
-		  return false;
-
-		/* Send the memory write command to the target */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(WritePageCommand);
-
-		/* Send the address of the first page location to write the memory page */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-/** Erases a specific memory space of the target.
- *
- *  \param[in] EraseCommand  NVM erase command to send to the device
- *  \param[in] Address       Address inside the memory space to erase
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
- */
-bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
-                          const uint32_t Address)
-{
-	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
-	if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
-	  return false;
-
-	/* EEPROM and Chip erasures are triggered differently to FLASH section erasures */
-	if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE)
-	{
-		/* Send the memory erase command to the target */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
-
-		/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the erase sequence */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
-	}
-	else if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM)
-	{
-		/* Send the EEPROM page buffer erase command to the target */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF);
-
-		/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
-
-		/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
-		if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
-		  return false;
-
-		/* Send the EEPROM memory buffer write command to the target */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF);
-
-		/* Load the PDI pointer register with the EEPROM page start address */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
-		XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
-
-		/* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(XPROG_Param_EEPageSize - 1);
-
-		/* Send a ST command with indirect access and post-increment to tag each byte in the EEPROM page buffer */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		for (uint8_t PageByte = 0; PageByte < XPROG_Param_EEPageSize; PageByte++)
-		  XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
-
-		/* Send the memory erase command to the target */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
-
-		/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the EEPROM erase sequence */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* Send the memory erase command to the target */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
-
-		/* Other erase modes just need us to address a byte within the target memory space */
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
-		XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
-		XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
-	}
-
-	/* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */
-	if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy()))
-	  return false;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a8c5b048a..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for XMEGANVM.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _XMEGA_NVM_
-#define _XMEGA_NVM_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
-		#include <stdbool.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-
-		#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
-		#include "XPROGTarget.h"
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
-			#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-
-			#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
-				#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
-			#endif
-		#endif
-
-	/* Defines: */
-		#define XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES               3
-
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR0                  0x00
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR1                  0x01
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR2                  0x02
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0                   0x04
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT1                   0x05
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT2                   0x06
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD                    0x0A
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA                  0x0B
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLB                  0x0C
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_INTCTRL                0x0D
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS                 0x0F
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_LOCKBITS               0x10
-
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX            (1 << 0)
-
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP                   0x00
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE              0x40
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM                0x43
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF      0x23
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF     0x26
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGE         0x2B
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE         0x2E
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEFLASH        0x2F
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC               0x78
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC            0x20
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE        0x22
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE        0x24
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEAPPSECPAGE   0x25
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC                 0x38
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC           0x68
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE       0x2A
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE       0x2C
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEBOOTSECPAGE  0x2D
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC                0x39
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READUSERSIG            0x03
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG           0x18
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG           0x1A
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READCALIBRATION        0x02
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READFUSE               0x07
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE              0x4C
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK              0x08
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF     0x33
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF    0x36
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM            0x30
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE        0x32
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEEEPROMPAGE        0x34
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE   0x35
-		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READEEPROM             0x06
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
-		bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void);
-		bool XMEGANVM_EnablePDI(void);
-		void XMEGANVM_DisablePDI(void);
-		bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand,
-			                       uint32_t* const CRCDest);
-		bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress,
-		                         uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
-		                         uint16_t ReadSize);
-		bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand,
-		                              const uint32_t WriteAddress,
-		                              const uint8_t Byte);
-		bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand,
-		                              const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand,
-		                              const uint8_t WritePageCommand,
-		                              const uint8_t PageMode,
-		                              const uint32_t WriteAddress,
-		                              const uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
-		                              uint16_t WriteSize);
-		bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
-		                          const uint32_t Address);
-
-		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGANVM_C)
-			static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register);
-			static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress);
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c
deleted file mode 100644
index aa5503f3ff..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,480 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  XPROG Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped XPROG commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
- */
-
-#define  INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C
-#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
-
-#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-/** Base absolute address for the target's NVM controller for PDI programming */
-uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase       = 0x010001C0;
-
-/** Size in bytes of the target's EEPROM page */
-uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize    = 32;
-
-/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCMD register for TPI programming */
-uint8_t  XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr = 0x33;
-
-/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCSR register for TPI programming */
-uint8_t  XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr = 0x32;
-
-/** Currently selected XPROG programming protocol */
-uint8_t  XPROG_SelectedProtocol    = XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI;
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG_SETMODE command, which sets the programmer-to-target protocol used for PDI/TPI
- *  programming.
- */
-void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void)
-{
-	struct
-	{
-		uint8_t Protocol;
-	} SetMode_XPROG_Params;
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SetMode_XPROG_Params, sizeof(SetMode_XPROG_Params), NULL);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	XPROG_SelectedProtocol = SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol;
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG_SETMODE);
-	Endpoint_Write_8((SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol != XPROG_PROTOCOL_JTAG) ? STATUS_CMD_OK : STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG command, which wraps up XPROG commands in a V2 wrapper which need to be
- *  removed and processed so that the underlying XPROG command can be handled.
- */
-void XPROGProtocol_Command(void)
-{
-	uint8_t XPROGCommand = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
-	switch (XPROGCommand)
-	{
-		case XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE:
-			XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode();
-			break;
-		case XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE:
-			XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode();
-			break;
-		case XPROG_CMD_ERASE:
-			XPROGProtocol_Erase();
-			break;
-		case XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM:
-			XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory();
-			break;
-		case XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM:
-			XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory();
-			break;
-		case XPROG_CMD_CRC:
-			XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC();
-			break;
-		case XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM:
-			XPROGProtocol_SetParam();
-			break;
-	}
-}
-
-/** Handler for the XPROG ENTER_PROGMODE command to establish a connection with the attached device. */
-static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void)
-{
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	bool NVMBusEnabled = false;
-
-	if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
-	  NVMBusEnabled = XMEGANVM_EnablePDI();
-	else if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_TPI)
-	  NVMBusEnabled = TINYNVM_EnableTPI();
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(NVMBusEnabled ? XPROG_ERR_OK : XPROG_ERR_FAILED);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the XPROG LEAVE_PROGMODE command to terminate the PDI programming connection with
- *  the attached device.
- */
-static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void)
-{
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
-	  XMEGANVM_DisablePDI();
-	else
-	  TINYNVM_DisableTPI();
-
-	#if defined(XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE) && defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL)
-	/* If the XCK rescue clock option is enabled, we need to restart it once the
-	 * XPROG mode has been exited, since the XPROG protocol stops it after use. */
-	ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock();
-	#endif
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_ERR_OK);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the XPRG ERASE command to erase a specific memory address space in the attached device. */
-static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void)
-{
-	uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
-
-	struct
-	{
-		uint8_t  MemoryType;
-		uint32_t Address;
-	} Erase_XPROG_Params;
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_XPROG_Params, sizeof(Erase_XPROG_Params), NULL);
-	Erase_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(Erase_XPROG_Params.Address);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	uint8_t EraseCommand;
-
-	if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
-	{
-		/* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to erase */
-		switch (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType)
-		{
-			case XPROG_ERASE_CHIP:
-				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE;
-				break;
-			case XPROG_ERASE_APP:
-				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC;
-				break;
-			case XPROG_ERASE_BOOT:
-				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC;
-				break;
-			case XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM:
-				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM;
-				break;
-			case XPROG_ERASE_APP_PAGE:
-				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE;
-				break;
-			case XPROG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE:
-				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE;
-				break;
-			case XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE:
-				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE;
-				break;
-			case XPROG_ERASE_USERSIG:
-				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG;
-				break;
-			default:
-				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP;
-				break;
-		}
-
-		/* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
-		if (!(XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address)))
-		  ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		if (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType == XPROG_ERASE_CHIP)
-		  EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE;
-		else
-		  EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE;
-
-		/* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
-		if (!(TINYNVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address)))
-		  ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_ERASE);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the XPROG WRITE_MEMORY command to write to a specific memory space within the attached device. */
-static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void)
-{
-	uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
-
-	struct
-	{
-		uint8_t  MemoryType;
-		uint8_t  PageMode;
-		uint32_t Address;
-		uint16_t Length;
-		uint8_t  ProgData[256];
-	} WriteMemory_XPROG_Params;
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params, (sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params) -
-	                                                    sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params).ProgData), NULL);
-	WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address);
-	WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length  = SwapEndian_16(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length);
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NULL);
-
-	// The driver will terminate transfers that are a round multiple of the endpoint bank in size with a ZLP, need
-	// to catch this and discard it before continuing on with packet processing to prevent communication issues
-	if (((sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params) - sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData)) +
-	    WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length) % AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE == 0)
-	{
-		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
-	{
-		/* Assume FLASH page programming by default, as it is the common case */
-		uint8_t WriteCommand     = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE;
-		uint8_t WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF;
-		uint8_t EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF;
-		bool    PagedMemory      = true;
-
-		switch (WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.MemoryType)
-		{
-			case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_APPL:
-				WriteCommand     = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE;
-				break;
-			case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT:
-				WriteCommand     = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE;
-				break;
-			case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM:
-				WriteCommand     = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE;
-				WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF;
-				EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF;
-				break;
-			case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG:
-				WriteCommand     = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG;
-				break;
-			case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE:
-				WriteCommand     = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE;
-				PagedMemory      = false;
-				break;
-			case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS:
-				WriteCommand     = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK;
-				PagedMemory      = false;
-				break;
-		}
-
-		/* Send the appropriate memory write commands to the device, indicate timeout if occurred */
-		if ((PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(WriteBuffCommand, EraseBuffCommand, WriteCommand,
-													   WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.PageMode, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address,
-													   WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) ||
-		   (!PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(WriteCommand, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address,
-													   WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData[0]))))
-		{
-			ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* Send write command to the TPI device, indicate timeout if occurred */
-		if (!(TINYNVM_WriteMemory(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData,
-		      WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length)))
-		{
-			ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
-		}
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the XPROG READ_MEMORY command to read data from a specific address space within the
- *  attached device.
- */
-static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void)
-{
-	uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
-
-	struct
-	{
-		uint8_t  MemoryType;
-		uint32_t Address;
-		uint16_t Length;
-	} ReadMemory_XPROG_Params;
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadMemory_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params), NULL);
-	ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address);
-	ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length  = SwapEndian_16(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	uint8_t ReadBuffer[256];
-
-	if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
-	{
-		/* Read the PDI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
-		if (!(XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length)))
-		  ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* Read the TPI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
-		if (!(TINYNVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length)))
-		  ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
-
-	if (ReturnStatus == XPROG_ERR_OK)
-	  Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NULL);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the XPROG CRC command to read a specific memory space's CRC value for comparison between the
- *  attached device's memory and a data set on the host.
- */
-static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void)
-{
-	uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
-
-	struct
-	{
-		uint8_t CRCType;
-	} ReadCRC_XPROG_Params;
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadCRC_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadCRC_XPROG_Params), NULL);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	uint32_t MemoryCRC;
-
-	if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
-	{
-		uint8_t CRCCommand;
-
-		/* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to CRC */
-		switch (ReadCRC_XPROG_Params.CRCType)
-		{
-			case XPROG_CRC_APP:
-				CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC;
-				break;
-			case XPROG_CRC_BOOT:
-				CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC;
-				break;
-			default:
-				CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC;
-				break;
-		}
-
-		/* Perform and retrieve the memory CRC, indicate timeout if occurred */
-		if (!(XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(CRCCommand, &MemoryCRC)))
-		  ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* TPI does not support memory CRC */
-		ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_FAILED;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_CRC);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
-
-	if (ReturnStatus == XPROG_ERR_OK)
-	{
-		Endpoint_Write_8(MemoryCRC >> 16);
-		Endpoint_Write_16_LE(MemoryCRC & 0xFFFF);
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-/** Handler for the XPROG SET_PARAM command to set a XPROG parameter for use when communicating with the
- *  attached device.
- */
-static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void)
-{
-	uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
-
-	uint8_t XPROGParam = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
-	/* Determine which parameter is being set, store the new parameter value */
-	switch (XPROGParam)
-	{
-		case XPROG_PARAM_NVMBASE:
-			XPROG_Param_NVMBase       = Endpoint_Read_32_BE();
-			break;
-		case XPROG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE:
-			XPROG_Param_EEPageSize    = Endpoint_Read_16_BE();
-			break;
-		case XPROG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG:
-			XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_8();
-			break;
-		case XPROG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG:
-			XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_8();
-			break;
-		case XPROG_PARAM_UNKNOWN_1:
-			/* TODO: Undocumented parameter added in AVRStudio 5.1, purpose unknown. Must ACK and discard or
-			         the communication with AVRStudio 5.1 will fail.
-			*/
-			Endpoint_Discard_16();
-			break;
-		default:
-			ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_FAILED;
-			break;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
-	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM);
-	Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e35a1e4a19..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for XPROGProtocol.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _XPROG_PROTOCOL_
-#define _XPROG_PROTOCOL_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <util/delay.h>
-		#include <stdio.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
-		#include "../V2Protocol.h"
-		#include "XMEGANVM.h"
-		#include "TINYNVM.h"
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
-			/* On the XPLAIN board, we only need PDI programming
-			   for the ATXMEGA128A1 - disable ISP to prevent hardware
-			   damage and force-enable XPROG.
-			 */
-			#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-
-			#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
-				#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
-			#endif
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE             0x01
-		#define XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE             0x02
-		#define XPROG_CMD_ERASE                      0x03
-		#define XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM                  0x04
-		#define XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM                   0x05
-		#define XPROG_CMD_CRC                        0x06
-		#define XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM                  0x07
-
-		#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_APPL                  1
-		#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT                  2
-		#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM                3
-		#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE                  4
-		#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS              5
-		#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG               6
-		#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FACTORY_CALIBRATION   7
-
-		#define XPROG_ERASE_CHIP                     1
-		#define XPROG_ERASE_APP                      2
-		#define XPROG_ERASE_BOOT                     3
-		#define XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM                   4
-		#define XPROG_ERASE_APP_PAGE                 5
-		#define XPROG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE                6
-		#define XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE              7
-		#define XPROG_ERASE_USERSIG                  8
-
-		#define XPROG_MEM_WRITE_ERASE                0
-		#define XPROG_MEM_WRITE_WRITE                1
-
-		#define XPROG_CRC_APP                        1
-		#define XPROG_CRC_BOOT                       2
-		#define XPROG_CRC_FLASH                      3
-
-		#define XPROG_ERR_OK                         0
-		#define XPROG_ERR_FAILED                     1
-		#define XPROG_ERR_COLLISION                  2
-		#define XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT                    3
-
-		#define XPROG_PARAM_NVMBASE                  0x01
-		#define XPROG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE              0x02
-		#define XPROG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG               0x03
-		#define XPROG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG               0x04
-		#define XPROG_PARAM_UNKNOWN_1                0x05
-
-		#define XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI                   0x00
-		#define XPROG_PROTOCOL_JTAG                  0x01
-		#define XPROG_PROTOCOL_TPI                   0x02
-
-		#define XPROG_PAGEMODE_WRITE                 (1 << 1)
-		#define XPROG_PAGEMODE_ERASE                 (1 << 0)
-
-	/* External Variables: */
-		extern uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase;
-		extern uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize;
-		extern uint8_t  XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr;
-		extern uint8_t  XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr;
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void);
-		void XPROGProtocol_Command(void);
-
-		#if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL))
-			static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void);
-			static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void);
-			static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void);
-			static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void);
-			static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void);
-			static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void);
-			static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void);
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0455329c3d..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Target-related functions for the PDI Protocol decoder.
- */
-
-#define  INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C
-#include "XPROGTarget.h"
-
-#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the USART is currently in Tx or Rx mode. */
-bool IsSending;
-
-/** Enables the target's PDI interface, holding the target in reset until PDI mode is exited. */
-void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void)
-{
-	IsSending = false;
-
-	/* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */
-	DDRD |=  (1 << 5) | (1 << 3);
-	DDRD &= ~(1 << 2);
-
-	/* Set DATA line high for at least 90ns to disable /RESET functionality */
-	PORTD |= (1 << 3);
-	_delay_us(100);
-
-	/* Set up the synchronous USART for XMEGA communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */
-	UBRR1  = ((F_CPU / 2 / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED) - 1);
-	UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
-	UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
-
-	/* Send two IDLEs of 12 bits each to enable PDI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */
-	XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
-	XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
-}
-
-/** Enables the target's TPI interface, holding the target in reset until TPI mode is exited. */
-void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void)
-{
-	IsSending = false;
-
-	/* Set /RESET line low for at least 400ns to enable TPI functionality */
-	AUX_LINE_DDR  |=  AUX_LINE_MASK;
-	AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
-	_delay_us(100);
-
-	/* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */
-	DDRD |=  (1 << 5) | (1 << 3);
-	DDRD &= ~(1 << 2);
-
-	/* Set up the synchronous USART for TPI communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */
-	UBRR1  = ((F_CPU / 2 / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED) - 1);
-	UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
-	UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
-
-	/* Send two IDLEs of 12 bits each to enable TPI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */
-	XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
-	XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
-}
-
-/** Disables the target's PDI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */
-void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void)
-{
-	/* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */
-	if (IsSending)
-	  XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
-
-	/* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */
-	UCSR1A  = ((1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1));
-	UCSR1B  = 0;
-	UCSR1C  = 0;
-
-	/* Tristate all pins */
-	DDRD  &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3));
-	PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2));
-}
-
-/** Disables the target's TPI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */
-void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void)
-{
-	/* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */
-	if (IsSending)
-	  XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
-
-	/* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */
-	UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1);
-	UCSR1B  = 0;
-	UCSR1C  = 0;
-
-	/* Set all USART lines as inputs, tristate */
-	DDRD  &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3));
-	PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2));
-
-	/* Tristate target /RESET line */
-	AUX_LINE_DDR  &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
-	AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
-}
-
-/** Sends a byte via the USART.
- *
- *  \param[in] Byte  Byte to send through the USART
- */
-void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-{
-	/* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */
-	if (!(IsSending))
-	  XPROGTarget_SetTxMode();
-
-	/* Wait until there is space in the hardware Tx buffer before writing */
-	while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)));
-	UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1);
-	UDR1    = Byte;
-}
-
-/** Receives a byte via the hardware USART, blocking until data is received or timeout expired.
- *
- *  \return Received byte from the USART
- */
-uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void)
-{
-	/* Switch to Rx mode if currently in Tx mode */
-	if (IsSending)
-	  XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
-
-	/* Wait until a byte has been received before reading */
-	while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
-
-	return UDR1;
-}
-
-/** Sends an IDLE via the USART to the attached target, consisting of a full frame of idle bits. */
-void XPROGTarget_SendIdle(void)
-{
-	/* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */
-	if (!(IsSending))
-	  XPROGTarget_SetTxMode();
-
-	/* Need to do nothing for a full frame to send an IDLE */
-	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < BITS_IN_USART_FRAME; i++)
-	{
-		/* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */
-		while (PIND & (1 << 5));
-		while (!(PIND & (1 << 5)));
-		while (PIND & (1 << 5));
-	}
-}
-
-static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void)
-{
-	/* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */
-	while (PIND & (1 << 5));
-	while (!(PIND & (1 << 5)));
-	while (PIND & (1 << 5));
-
-	PORTD  |=  (1 << 3);
-	DDRD   |=  (1 << 3);
-
-	UCSR1B &= ~(1 << RXEN1);
-	UCSR1B |=  (1 << TXEN1);
-
-	IsSending = true;
-}
-
-static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void)
-{
-	while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)));
-	UCSR1A |=  (1 << TXC1);
-
-	UCSR1B &= ~(1 << TXEN1);
-	UCSR1B |=  (1 << RXEN1);
-
-	DDRD   &= ~(1 << 3);
-	PORTD  &= ~(1 << 3);
-
-	IsSending = false;
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1341384f2f..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for XPROGTarget.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _XPROG_TARGET_
-#define _XPROG_TARGET_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
-		#include <stdbool.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-
-		#include "../V2Protocol.h"
-		#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
-			#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
-
-			#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
-				#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
-			#endif
-		#endif
-
-		/** Serial carrier TPI/PDI speed in Hz, when hardware TPI/PDI mode is used. */
-		#define XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED       2000000
-
-		/** Total number of bits in a single USART frame. */
-		#define BITS_IN_USART_FRAME        12
-
- 		/** \name PDI Related Constants
- 		 * @{
- 		 */
-		#define PDI_CMD_LDS(AddressSize, DataSize)  (0x00 | (  AddressSize << 2) | DataSize)
-		#define PDI_CMD_LD(PointerAccess, DataSize) (0x20 | (PointerAccess << 2) | DataSize)
-		#define PDI_CMD_STS(AddressSize, DataSize)  (0x40 | (  AddressSize << 2) | DataSize)
-		#define PDI_CMD_ST(PointerAccess, DataSize) (0x60 | (PointerAccess << 2) | DataSize)
-		#define PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDIReg)                (0x80 | PDIReg)
-		#define PDI_CMD_REPEAT(DataSize)            (0xA0 | DataSize)
-		#define PDI_CMD_STCS(PDIReg)                (0xC0 | PDIReg)
-		#define PDI_CMD_KEY                         0xE0
-
-		#define PDI_REG_STATUS             0
-		#define PDI_REG_RESET              1
-		#define PDI_REG_CTRL               2
-
-		#define PDI_STATUS_NVM             (1 << 1)
-
-		#define PDI_RESET_KEY              0x59
-		#define PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY          (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF}
-
-		#define PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE         0
-		#define PDI_DATASIZE_2BYTES        1
-		#define PDI_DATASIZE_3BYTES        2
-		#define PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES        3
-
-		#define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT       0
-		#define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI    1
-		#define PDI_POINTER_DIRECT         2
- 		/** @} */
-
- 		/** \name TPI Related Constants
- 		 * @{
- 		 */
- 		#define TPI_CMD_SLD(PointerAccess) (0x20 | PointerAccess)
-		#define TPI_CMD_SST(PointerAccess) (0x60 | PointerAccess)
-		#define TPI_CMD_SSTPR              0x68
-		#define TPI_CMD_SIN(Address)       (0x10 | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F))
-		#define TPI_CMD_SOUT(Address)      (0x90 | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F))
-		#define TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPIReg)      (0x80 | TPIReg)
-		#define TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPIReg)      (0xC0 | TPIReg)
-		#define TPI_CMD_SKEY               0xE0
-
-		#define TPI_REG_STATUS             0x00
-		#define TPI_REG_CTRL               0x02
-		#define TPI_REG_ID                 0x0F
-
-		#define TPI_STATUS_NVM             (1 << 1)
-
-		#define TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY          (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF}
-
-		#define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT       0
-		#define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI    4
- 		/** @} */
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		void    XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void);
-		void    XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void);
-		void    XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void);
-		void    XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void);
-		void    XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte);
-		uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void);
-		void    XPROGTarget_SendIdle(void);
-		bool    XPROGTarget_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
-
-		#if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL))
-			static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void);
-			static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void);
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/AVRISP_mkII.inf b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/AVRISP_mkII.inf
deleted file mode 100644
index 81ea412280..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/AVRISP_mkII.inf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index f916b08986..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys
deleted file mode 100644
index 0718dfb7c0..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/avrisp_mkii.cat b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/avrisp_mkii.cat
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f004a584c..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/avrisp_mkii.cat
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 292df27857..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys
deleted file mode 100644
index f17914b8c4..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe
deleted file mode 100644
index c38919ee50..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe
deleted file mode 100644
index 030ec300c2..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 56bb2cda25..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,851 +0,0 @@
-Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Stephan Meyer, <ste_meyer@web.de>
-Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Johannes Erdfelt, <johannes@erdfelt.com>
-Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Thomas Sailer, <sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch>
-Copyright (c) 2010 Travis Robinson, <libusbdotnet@gmail.com>
-
-This software is distributed under the following licenses:
-Driver:      GNU General Public License (GPL)
-Library, Test Files, Installer:    GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
-
-***********************************************************************
-                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
-
- Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-                            Preamble
-
-  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
-software and other kinds of works.
-
-  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
-to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
-the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
-share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
-software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
-GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
-any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
-want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
-free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
-these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
-certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
-you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
-freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
-or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
-know their rights.
-
-  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
-(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
-giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
-
-  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
-that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
-authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
-changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
-authors of previous versions.
-
-  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
-modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
-can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
-protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
-pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
-use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
-have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
-products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
-stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
-of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
-
-  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
-States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
-software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
-avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
-make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
-patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
-                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-  0. Definitions.
-
-  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
-
-  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
-works, such as semiconductor masks.
-
-  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
-License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
-"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
-
-  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
-in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
-exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
-earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
-
-  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
-on the Program.
-
-  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
-permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
-infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
-computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
-distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
-public, and in some countries other activities as well.
-
-  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
-parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
-a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
-
-  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
-to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
-feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
-tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
-extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
-work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
-the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
-menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
-
-  1. Source Code.
-
-  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
-for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
-form of a work.
-
-  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
-standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
-interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
-is widely used among developers working in that language.
-
-  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
-than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
-packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
-Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
-Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
-implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
-"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
-(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
-(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
-produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
-
-  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
-the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
-work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
-control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
-System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
-programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
-which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
-includes interface definition files associated with source files for
-the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
-linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
-such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
-subprograms and other parts of the work.
-
-  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
-can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
-Source.
-
-  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
-same work.
-
-  2. Basic Permissions.
-
-  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
-copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
-conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
-permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
-covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
-content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
-rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
-
-  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
-convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
-in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
-of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
-with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
-the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
-not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
-for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
-and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
-your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
-
-  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
-the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
-makes it unnecessary.
-
-  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
-
-  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
-measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
-11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
-similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
-measures.
-
-  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
-circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
-is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
-the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
-modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
-users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
-technological measures.
-
-  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
-
-  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
-receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
-appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
-keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
-non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
-keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
-recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
-
-  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
-and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
-
-  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
-
-  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
-produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
-terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
-    it, and giving a relevant date.
-
-    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
-    released under this License and any conditions added under section
-    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
-    "keep intact all notices".
-
-    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
-    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
-    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
-    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
-    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
-    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
-    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
-
-    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
-    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
-    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
-    work need not make them do so.
-
-  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
-works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
-and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
-in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
-"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
-used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
-beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
-in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
-parts of the aggregate.
-
-  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
-
-  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
-of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
-machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
-in one of these ways:
-
-    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
-    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
-    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
-    customarily used for software interchange.
-
-    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
-    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
-    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
-    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
-    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
-    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
-    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
-    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
-    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
-    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
-    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
-
-    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
-    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
-    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
-    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
-    with subsection 6b.
-
-    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
-    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
-    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
-    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
-    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
-    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
-    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
-    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
-    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
-    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
-    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
-    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
-
-    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
-    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
-    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
-    charge under subsection 6d.
-
-  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
-from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
-included in conveying the object code work.
-
-  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
-tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
-or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
-into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
-doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
-product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
-typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
-of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
-actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
-is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
-commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
-the only significant mode of use of the product.
-
-  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
-procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
-and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
-a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
-suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
-code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
-modification has been made.
-
-  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
-specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
-part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
-User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
-fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
-Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
-by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
-if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
-modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
-been installed in ROM).
-
-  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
-requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
-for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
-the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
-network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
-adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
-protocols for communication across the network.
-
-  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
-in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
-documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
-source code form), and must require no special password or key for
-unpacking, reading or copying.
-
-  7. Additional Terms.
-
-  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
-License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
-Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
-be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
-that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
-apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
-under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
-this License without regard to the additional permissions.
-
-  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
-remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
-it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
-removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
-additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
-for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
-
-  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
-add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
-that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
-
-    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
-    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
-
-    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
-    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
-    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
-
-    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
-    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
-    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
-
-    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
-    authors of the material; or
-
-    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
-    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
-
-    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
-    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
-    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
-    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
-    those licensors and authors.
-
-  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
-restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
-received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
-governed by this License along with a term that is a further
-restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
-a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
-License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
-of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
-not survive such relicensing or conveying.
-
-  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
-must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
-additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
-where to find the applicable terms.
-
-  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
-form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
-the above requirements apply either way.
-
-  8. Termination.
-
-  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
-provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
-modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
-this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
-paragraph of section 11).
-
-  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
-license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
-provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
-finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
-holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
-prior to 60 days after the cessation.
-
-  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
-reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
-violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
-received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
-copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
-your receipt of the notice.
-
-  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
-licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
-this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
-reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
-material under section 10.
-
-  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
-
-  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
-run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
-occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
-to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
-nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
-modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
-not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
-covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
-
-  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
-
-  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
-receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
-propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
-for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
-
-  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
-organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
-organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
-work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
-transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
-licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
-give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
-Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
-the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
-
-  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
-rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
-not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
-rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
-(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
-any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
-sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
-
-  11. Patents.
-
-  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
-License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
-work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
-
-  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
-owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
-hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
-by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
-but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
-consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
-purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
-patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
-this License.
-
-  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
-patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
-make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
-propagate the contents of its contributor version.
-
-  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
-agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
-(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
-sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
-party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
-patent against the party.
-
-  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
-and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
-to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
-publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
-then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
-available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
-patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
-consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
-license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
-actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
-covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
-in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
-country that you have reason to believe are valid.
-
-  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
-arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
-covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
-receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
-or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
-you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
-work and works based on it.
-
-  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
-the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
-conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
-specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
-work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
-in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
-to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
-the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
-parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
-patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
-conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
-for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
-contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
-or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
-
-  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
-any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
-otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
-
-  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
-
-  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
-covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
-not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
-to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
-the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
-License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
-
-  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
-
-  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
-permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
-under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
-combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
-License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
-but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
-section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
-combination as such.
-
-  14. Revised Versions of this License.
-
-  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
-the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
-Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
-Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
-option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
-version or of any later version published by the Free Software
-Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
-GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
-versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
-public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
-to choose that version for the Program.
-
-  Later license versions may give you additional or different
-permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
-author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
-later version.
-
-  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
-
-  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
-APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
-HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
-OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
-THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
-IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
-ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-  16. Limitation of Liability.
-
-  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
-THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
-GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
-USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
-DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
-PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
-EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-SUCH DAMAGES.
-
-  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
-
-  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
-above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
-reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
-an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
-Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
-copy of the Program in return for a fee.
-
-                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
-  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
-  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
-
-    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
-notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
-    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
-    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
-might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
-
-  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
-if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
-For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
-<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
-the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
-Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
-<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
-
-                   GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
-
- Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-
-  This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
-the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
-License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
-
-  0. Additional Definitions.
-
-  As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
-General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
-General Public License.
-
-  "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
-other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
-
-  An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
-by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
-Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
-of using an interface provided by the Library.
-
-  A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
-Application with the Library.  The particular version of the Library
-with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
-Version".
-
-  The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
-Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
-for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
-based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
-
-  The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
-object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
-and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
-Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
-
-  1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
-
-  You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
-without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
-
-  2. Conveying Modified Versions.
-
-  If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
-facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
-that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
-facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
-version:
-
-   a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
-   ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
-   function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
-   whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
-
-   b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
-   this License applicable to that copy.
-
-  3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
-
-  The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
-a header file that is part of the Library.  You may convey such object
-code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
-material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
-layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
-(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
-
-   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
-   Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
-   covered by this License.
-
-   b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
-   document.
-
-  4. Combined Works.
-
-  You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
-taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
-portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
-engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
-the following:
-
-   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
-   the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
-   covered by this License.
-
-   b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
-   document.
-
-   c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
-   execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
-   these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
-   copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
-
-   d) Do one of the following:
-
-       0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
-       License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
-       suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
-       recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
-       the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
-       manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
-       Corresponding Source.
-
-       1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
-       Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
-       a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
-       system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
-       of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
-       Version.
-
-   e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
-   be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
-   GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
-   necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
-   Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
-   Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
-   you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
-   the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
-   Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
-   Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
-   for conveying Corresponding Source.)
-
-  5. Combined Libraries.
-
-  You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
-Library side by side in a single library together with other library
-facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
-License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
-choice, if you do both of the following:
-
-   a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
-   on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
-   conveyed under the terms of this License.
-
-   b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
-   is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
-   accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
-
-  6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
-
-  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
-versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
-differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
-
-  Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
-Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
-of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
-applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
-conditions either of that published version or of any later version
-published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
-received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
-General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
-General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-  If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
-whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
-apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
-permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
-Library.
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys
deleted file mode 100644
index 5322e5b978..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e475b90ac..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d774b8c6bb..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-<asf xmlversion="1.0">
-	<project caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.avr8">
- 		<require idref="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone"/>
-		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
-		<generator value="as5_8"/>
-
-		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
-		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
-		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
-		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
-	</project>
-
-	<!-- Required by the XPLAIN Bridge project as well, so split into a meta module -->
-	<module type="meta" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.src" caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer">
-		<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
-		<build type="include-path" value="."/>
-
-		<build type="c-source" value="AVRISPDescriptors.c"/>
-		<build type="header-file" value="AVRISPDescriptors.h"/>
-
-		<build type="include-path" value="Lib"/>
-
-		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h"/>
-		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/V2Protocol.c"/>
-		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2Protocol.h"/>
-		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c"/>
-		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h"/>
-		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c"/>
-		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h"/>
-		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c"/>
-		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h"/>
-		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c"/>
-		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h"/>
-		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c"/>
-		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h"/>
-		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c"/>
-		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h"/>
-		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c"/>
-		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h"/>
-
-		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
-		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
-	</module>
-
-	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone" caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer">
-		<info type="description" value="summary">
-		Clone firmware of the Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer.
-		</info>
-
- 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
-		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
-			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
-			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
-		</info>
-
-		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
-		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AVRISP-MKII.txt"/>
-		<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="WindowsDriver"/>
-
-		<build type="c-source" value="AVRISP-MKII.c"/>
-		<build type="header-file" value="AVRISP-MKII.h"/>
-
-		<require idref="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.src"/>
-
-		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
-		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
-		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
-		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
-		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
-		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
-		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
-		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
-		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
-		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-	</module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile
deleted file mode 100644
index faba2c70d2..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2396 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.9
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
-# front of the TAG it is preceding.
-#
-# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists, items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
-# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
-# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
-# for the list of possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
-# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
-# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
-# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
-# The default value is: My Project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME           = "AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer Project"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
-# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
-# control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER         =
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
-# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF          =
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
-# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
-# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
-# the logo to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO           =
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
-# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
-# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
-# left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
-# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
-# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
-# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
-# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
-# performance problems for the file system.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
-
-# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
-# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
-# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
-# U+3044.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
-# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
-# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
-# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
-# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
-# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
-# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
-# The default value is: English.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
-# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
-# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
-# description of a member or function before the detailed description
-#
-# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
-# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
-# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
-# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
-# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
-# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
-# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
-# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
-                         "The $name widget" \
-                         "The $name file" \
-                         is \
-                         provides \
-                         specifies \
-                         contains \
-                         represents \
-                         a \
-                         an \
-                         the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
-# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
-# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
-# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
-# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
-# strip.
-#
-# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
-# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
-# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
-# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
-# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
-# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
-# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
-# using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
-# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
-# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHORT_NAMES            = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
-# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
-# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
-# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
-# description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
-# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
-# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
-# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
-# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
-# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
-# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
-# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
-#
-# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
-# not recognized any more.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
-# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
-# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
-# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
-# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
-
-TAB_SIZE               = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
-# the documentation. An alias has the form:
-# name=value
-# For example adding
-# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
-# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
-# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
-# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
-# newlines.
-
-ALIASES                =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
-# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST              =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
-# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
-# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
-# members will be omitted, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
-# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
-# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
-# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
-# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
-# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
-# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
-# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
-# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
-# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
-# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
-# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
-# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
-#
-# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
-#
-# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
-# the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
-
-# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
-# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
-# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
-# case of backward compatibilities issues.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
-
-# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
-# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
-# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
-# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
-# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
-# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
-# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
-# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
-# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
-# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
-# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
-# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
-# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
-# should set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
-# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
-# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
-# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
-# \nosubgrouping command.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SUBGROUPING            = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
-# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
-# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
-# and RTF).
-#
-# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
-# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
-# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
-# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
-# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
-# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
-# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
-# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
-# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
-
-# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
-# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
-# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
-# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
-# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
-# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
-# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
-# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
-# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
-# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
-# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
-# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
-# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
-# be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
-# scope will be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
-# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
-# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
-# for Java sources.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
-# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
-# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
-# included.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
-# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
-# are hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
-# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
-# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
-# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
-# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
-# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
-# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
-# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
-# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
-# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: system dependent.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
-# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
-# scope will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
-# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
-# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
-# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
-
-# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
-# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
-# which file to include in order to use the member.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
-# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
-# documentation for inline members.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INLINE_INFO            = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
-# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
-# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
-# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
-# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
-# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
-# member documentation.
-# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
-# detailed member documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
-# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
-# appear in their defined order.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
-# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
-# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
-# list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
-# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
-# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
-# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
-# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
-# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
-# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
-# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
-# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
-# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
-# the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
-# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
-# ... \endcond blocks.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
-# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
-# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
-# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
-# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
-# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
-# documentation regardless of this setting.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
-# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
-# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
-# (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES             = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
-# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
-# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
-# version. For an example see the documentation.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
-# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
-# will be used as the name of the layout file.
-#
-# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
-# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
-# tag is left empty.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE            =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
-# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
-# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
-# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
-# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
-# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES         =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
-# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
-# messages are off.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QUIET                  = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
-# this implies that the warnings are on.
-#
-# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARNINGS               = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
-# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
-# will automatically be disabled.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
-# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
-# markup commands wrongly.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
-# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
-# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
-# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
-# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
-# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
-# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
-# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
-
-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
-# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
-# error (stderr).
-
-WARN_LOGFILE           =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
-# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
-# spaces.
-# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
-
-INPUT                  = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
-# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
-# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
-# possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
-# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
-# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
-# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
-# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
-# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
-
-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
-                         *.c \
-                         *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
-# be searched for input files as well.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-RECURSIVE              = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-#
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE                = Documentation/ \
-                         WindowsDriver/
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories.
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
-                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
-# command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH           =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
-# files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
-# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
-# \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH             =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command:
-#
-# <filter> <input-file>
-#
-# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
-# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
-# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
-# will be ignored.
-#
-# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
-# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
-# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
-
-INPUT_FILTER           =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
-# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
-# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
-# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS        =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
-# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
-# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
-# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
-# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
-# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
-# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
-# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
-
-USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
-# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-#
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
-# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
-# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
-# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
-# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
-# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
-# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
-# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
-# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
-# link to the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
-# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
-# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
-# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
-# can opt to disable this feature.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
-# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
-# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
-# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
-# 4.8.6 or higher.
-#
-# To use it do the following:
-# - Install the latest version of global
-# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
-# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
-# - Run doxygen as normal
-#
-# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
-# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
-#
-# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
-# source code will now point to the output of htags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-USE_HTAGS              = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
-# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
-# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-# See also: Section \class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
-
-# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
-# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
-# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
-# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
-# information.
-# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
-# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
-
-# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
-# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
-# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
-# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
-# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
-
-CLANG_OPTIONS          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
-# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
-# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
-
-# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
-# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
-# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
-# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
-# while generating the index headers.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTML          = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT            = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
-# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
-# The default value is: .html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
-# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-#
-# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
-# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
-# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
-# default header using
-# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
-# YourConfigFile
-# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
-# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
-# uses.
-# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
-# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
-# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_HEADER            =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
-# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
-# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
-# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
-# that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FOOTER            =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
-# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
-# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
-# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
-# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
-# obsolete.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET        =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
-# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
-# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
-# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
-# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list). For an example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
-# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
-# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
-# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
-# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
-# purple, and 360 is red again.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
-# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
-# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
-# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
-# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
-# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
-# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
-# change the gamma.
-# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
-# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
-# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
-# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
-# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
-# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
-# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
-# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
-# tree by default.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
-# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
-# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
-# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
-# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
-# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
-
-# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
-# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
-# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
-# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
-# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
-# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-# The default value is: Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
-# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
-# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
-# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
-# Windows.
-#
-# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
-# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
-# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
-# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
-# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
-# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
-# compressed HTML files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
-
-# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
-# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_FILE               =
-
-# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
-# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
-# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-# The file has to be specified with full path.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-HHC_LOCATION           =
-
-# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
-# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_CHI           = NO
-
-# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
-# and project file content.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
-
-# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
-# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
-# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-BINARY_TOC             = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
-# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-TOC_EXPAND             = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
-# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
-# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_QHP           = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
-# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
-# the HTML output folder.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QCH_FILE               =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
-# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
-# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
-# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
-# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
-# folders).
-# The default value is: doc.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
-
-# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
-# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
-# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
-# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
-# generated .qhp file.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHG_LOCATION           =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
-# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
-# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
-# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
-# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
-# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
-# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
-# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
-# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
-# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
-# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
-# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
-# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
-# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
-# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
-# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
-# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
-# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
-# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
-# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
-# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
-# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
-# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-#
-# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
-# in the overview section.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
-# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
-
-# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
-# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
-# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
-# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
-# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
-# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
-# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-#
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
-# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
-# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
-# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
-# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
-# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
-# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-USE_MATHJAX            = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
-# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
-# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
-# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
-# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
-# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
-# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
-# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
-# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
-# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
-# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
-# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
-# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
-# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
-
-# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
-# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
-# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
-# example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
-# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
-# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
-# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
-# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
-# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
-# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
-# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
-# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
-# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
-# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
-# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
-# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
-# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
-# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
-# option.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE           = NO
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
-# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
-# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
-# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
-# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
-# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
-
-# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
-# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
-# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
-# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
-# search results.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
-#
-# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
-# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
-# Searching" for details.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
-# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
-# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
-# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
-# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
-# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
-# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
-
-# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
-# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
-# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
-# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
-# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
-# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked.
-#
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
-# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
-# written to the output directory.
-# The default file is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
-# index for LaTeX.
-# The default file is: makeindex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
-# printer.
-# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
-# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
-# The default value is: a4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
-# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
-# instance you can specify
-# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
-# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
-# default header to a separate file.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
-# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
-# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
-# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
-# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
-# to HTML_HEADER.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HEADER           =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
-# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
-# special commands can be used inside the footer.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_FOOTER           =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
-# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
-# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
-# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
-# markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
-# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
-# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
-# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
-# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
-# when generating formulas in HTML.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
-# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
-# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
-# The default value is: plain.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
-# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
-# readers/editors.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_RTF           = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: rtf.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_RTF            = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
-# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
-# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
-# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
-# fields.
-#
-# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
-# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
-# missing definitions are set to their default value.
-#
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
-# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
-# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
-# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
-
-# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
-# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
-# classes and files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_MAN           = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
-# MAN_OUTPUT.
-# The default directory is: man.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT             = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
-# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
-# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
-# optional.
-# The default value is: .3.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
-
-# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
-# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
-# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_SUBDIR             =
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
-# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
-# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
-# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_LINKS              = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
-# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_XML           = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_OUTPUT             = xml
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
-# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
-# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
-# of the XML output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
-# that can be used to generate PDF.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
-
-# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
-# front of it.
-# The default directory is: docbook.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
-
-# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
-# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
-# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
-# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
-# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
-# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
-# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
-# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-#
-# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
-# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
-# output from the Perl module output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
-# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
-# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
-# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
-# just the same.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
-# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
-# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
-# overwrite each other's variables.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
-# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
-# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
-# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
-# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
-# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
-# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
-# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
-# preprocessor.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH           =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
-# used.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
-# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
-# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
-# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
-# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
-                         PROGMEM
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
-# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
-# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
-# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
-# definition found in the source code.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
-# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
-# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
-# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
-# removed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
-# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
-# a tag file without this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
-# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
-# of tag files.
-# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
-# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
-# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES               =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
-# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
-# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
-# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
-# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
-# be listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
-# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
-
-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
-# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
-# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
-# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH            =
-
-# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
-# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
-# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
-# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
-
-DIA_PATH               =
-
-# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
-# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
-# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
-# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
-# set to NO
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HAVE_DOT               = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
-# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
-# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
-# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
-# speed.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
-
-# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
-# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
-# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
-# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
-# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
-# The default value is: Helvetica.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME           =
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
-# dot graphs.
-# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
-# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
-# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH           =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
-# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
-# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
-# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
-# class with other documented classes.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LOOK               = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
-# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
-# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
-# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
-# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
-# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
-# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
-# 10.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
-
-# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
-# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
-# instances.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
-# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
-# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
-# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
-# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callgraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALL_GRAPH             = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callergraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
-# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
-# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
-# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
-# files in the directories.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot.
-# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
-# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
-# requirement).
-# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
-# The default value is: png.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-#
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
-# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
-# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
-# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
-
-# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_PATH               =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
-# command).
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
-# command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
-# command).
-
-DIAFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
-# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
-# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
-# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
-# will not generate output for the diagram.
-
-PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
-
-# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
-# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
-
-PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
-# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
-# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
-# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
-# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
-# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
-# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
-# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
-# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
-# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
-# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
-# to support this out of the box.
-#
-# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
-# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
-# read).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
-# this, this feature is disabled by default.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
-# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
-# graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
-# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bc0e0f25a..0000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-#         LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU          = at90usb1287
-ARCH         = AVR8
-BOARD        = USBKEY
-F_CPU        = 8000000
-F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
-OPTIMIZATION = s
-TARGET       = AVRISP-MKII
-SRC          = $(TARGET).c AVRISPDescriptors.c Lib/V2Protocol.c Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c \
-               Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
-LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
-LD_FLAGS     =
-
-# Default target
-all:
-
-# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
-DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
-include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
-include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
-
-# Include common DMBS build system modules
-DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk